You can not select more than 25 topics Topics must start with a letter or number, can include dashes ('-') and can be up to 35 characters long.

11716 lines
319KB

  1. @chapter Filtering Introduction
  2. @c man begin FILTERING INTRODUCTION
  3. Filtering in FFmpeg is enabled through the libavfilter library.
  4. In libavfilter, a filter can have multiple inputs and multiple
  5. outputs.
  6. To illustrate the sorts of things that are possible, we consider the
  7. following filtergraph.
  8. @example
  9. [main]
  10. input --> split ---------------------> overlay --> output
  11. | ^
  12. |[tmp] [flip]|
  13. +-----> crop --> vflip -------+
  14. @end example
  15. This filtergraph splits the input stream in two streams, then sends one
  16. stream through the crop filter and the vflip filter, before merging it
  17. back with the other stream by overlaying it on top. You can use the
  18. following command to achieve this:
  19. @example
  20. ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "split [main][tmp]; [tmp] crop=iw:ih/2:0:0, vflip [flip]; [main][flip] overlay=0:H/2" OUTPUT
  21. @end example
  22. The result will be that the top half of the video is mirrored
  23. onto the bottom half of the output video.
  24. Filters in the same linear chain are separated by commas, and distinct
  25. linear chains of filters are separated by semicolons. In our example,
  26. @var{crop,vflip} are in one linear chain, @var{split} and
  27. @var{overlay} are separately in another. The points where the linear
  28. chains join are labelled by names enclosed in square brackets. In the
  29. example, the split filter generates two outputs that are associated to
  30. the labels @var{[main]} and @var{[tmp]}.
  31. The stream sent to the second output of @var{split}, labelled as
  32. @var{[tmp]}, is processed through the @var{crop} filter, which crops
  33. away the lower half part of the video, and then vertically flipped. The
  34. @var{overlay} filter takes in input the first unchanged output of the
  35. split filter (which was labelled as @var{[main]}), and overlay on its
  36. lower half the output generated by the @var{crop,vflip} filterchain.
  37. Some filters take in input a list of parameters: they are specified
  38. after the filter name and an equal sign, and are separated from each other
  39. by a colon.
  40. There exist so-called @var{source filters} that do not have an
  41. audio/video input, and @var{sink filters} that will not have audio/video
  42. output.
  43. @c man end FILTERING INTRODUCTION
  44. @chapter graph2dot
  45. @c man begin GRAPH2DOT
  46. The @file{graph2dot} program included in the FFmpeg @file{tools}
  47. directory can be used to parse a filtergraph description and issue a
  48. corresponding textual representation in the dot language.
  49. Invoke the command:
  50. @example
  51. graph2dot -h
  52. @end example
  53. to see how to use @file{graph2dot}.
  54. You can then pass the dot description to the @file{dot} program (from
  55. the graphviz suite of programs) and obtain a graphical representation
  56. of the filtergraph.
  57. For example the sequence of commands:
  58. @example
  59. echo @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} | \
  60. tools/graph2dot -o graph.tmp && \
  61. dot -Tpng graph.tmp -o graph.png && \
  62. display graph.png
  63. @end example
  64. can be used to create and display an image representing the graph
  65. described by the @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} string. Note that this string must be
  66. a complete self-contained graph, with its inputs and outputs explicitly defined.
  67. For example if your command line is of the form:
  68. @example
  69. ffmpeg -i infile -vf scale=640:360 outfile
  70. @end example
  71. your @var{GRAPH_DESCRIPTION} string will need to be of the form:
  72. @example
  73. nullsrc,scale=640:360,nullsink
  74. @end example
  75. you may also need to set the @var{nullsrc} parameters and add a @var{format}
  76. filter in order to simulate a specific input file.
  77. @c man end GRAPH2DOT
  78. @chapter Filtergraph description
  79. @c man begin FILTERGRAPH DESCRIPTION
  80. A filtergraph is a directed graph of connected filters. It can contain
  81. cycles, and there can be multiple links between a pair of
  82. filters. Each link has one input pad on one side connecting it to one
  83. filter from which it takes its input, and one output pad on the other
  84. side connecting it to one filter accepting its output.
  85. Each filter in a filtergraph is an instance of a filter class
  86. registered in the application, which defines the features and the
  87. number of input and output pads of the filter.
  88. A filter with no input pads is called a "source", and a filter with no
  89. output pads is called a "sink".
  90. @anchor{Filtergraph syntax}
  91. @section Filtergraph syntax
  92. A filtergraph has a textual representation, which is recognized by the
  93. @option{-filter}/@option{-vf}/@option{-af} and
  94. @option{-filter_complex} options in @command{ffmpeg} and
  95. @option{-vf}/@option{-af} in @command{ffplay}, and by the
  96. @code{avfilter_graph_parse_ptr()} function defined in
  97. @file{libavfilter/avfilter.h}.
  98. A filterchain consists of a sequence of connected filters, each one
  99. connected to the previous one in the sequence. A filterchain is
  100. represented by a list of ","-separated filter descriptions.
  101. A filtergraph consists of a sequence of filterchains. A sequence of
  102. filterchains is represented by a list of ";"-separated filterchain
  103. descriptions.
  104. A filter is represented by a string of the form:
  105. [@var{in_link_1}]...[@var{in_link_N}]@var{filter_name}=@var{arguments}[@var{out_link_1}]...[@var{out_link_M}]
  106. @var{filter_name} is the name of the filter class of which the
  107. described filter is an instance of, and has to be the name of one of
  108. the filter classes registered in the program.
  109. The name of the filter class is optionally followed by a string
  110. "=@var{arguments}".
  111. @var{arguments} is a string which contains the parameters used to
  112. initialize the filter instance. It may have one of two forms:
  113. @itemize
  114. @item
  115. A ':'-separated list of @var{key=value} pairs.
  116. @item
  117. A ':'-separated list of @var{value}. In this case, the keys are assumed to be
  118. the option names in the order they are declared. E.g. the @code{fade} filter
  119. declares three options in this order -- @option{type}, @option{start_frame} and
  120. @option{nb_frames}. Then the parameter list @var{in:0:30} means that the value
  121. @var{in} is assigned to the option @option{type}, @var{0} to
  122. @option{start_frame} and @var{30} to @option{nb_frames}.
  123. @item
  124. A ':'-separated list of mixed direct @var{value} and long @var{key=value}
  125. pairs. The direct @var{value} must precede the @var{key=value} pairs, and
  126. follow the same constraints order of the previous point. The following
  127. @var{key=value} pairs can be set in any preferred order.
  128. @end itemize
  129. If the option value itself is a list of items (e.g. the @code{format} filter
  130. takes a list of pixel formats), the items in the list are usually separated by
  131. '|'.
  132. The list of arguments can be quoted using the character "'" as initial
  133. and ending mark, and the character '\' for escaping the characters
  134. within the quoted text; otherwise the argument string is considered
  135. terminated when the next special character (belonging to the set
  136. "[]=;,") is encountered.
  137. The name and arguments of the filter are optionally preceded and
  138. followed by a list of link labels.
  139. A link label allows one to name a link and associate it to a filter output
  140. or input pad. The preceding labels @var{in_link_1}
  141. ... @var{in_link_N}, are associated to the filter input pads,
  142. the following labels @var{out_link_1} ... @var{out_link_M}, are
  143. associated to the output pads.
  144. When two link labels with the same name are found in the
  145. filtergraph, a link between the corresponding input and output pad is
  146. created.
  147. If an output pad is not labelled, it is linked by default to the first
  148. unlabelled input pad of the next filter in the filterchain.
  149. For example in the filterchain
  150. @example
  151. nullsrc, split[L1], [L2]overlay, nullsink
  152. @end example
  153. the split filter instance has two output pads, and the overlay filter
  154. instance two input pads. The first output pad of split is labelled
  155. "L1", the first input pad of overlay is labelled "L2", and the second
  156. output pad of split is linked to the second input pad of overlay,
  157. which are both unlabelled.
  158. In a filter description, if the input label of the first filter is not
  159. specified, "in" is assumed; if the output label of the last filter is not
  160. specified, "out" is assumed.
  161. In a complete filterchain all the unlabelled filter input and output
  162. pads must be connected. A filtergraph is considered valid if all the
  163. filter input and output pads of all the filterchains are connected.
  164. Libavfilter will automatically insert @ref{scale} filters where format
  165. conversion is required. It is possible to specify swscale flags
  166. for those automatically inserted scalers by prepending
  167. @code{sws_flags=@var{flags};}
  168. to the filtergraph description.
  169. Here is a BNF description of the filtergraph syntax:
  170. @example
  171. @var{NAME} ::= sequence of alphanumeric characters and '_'
  172. @var{LINKLABEL} ::= "[" @var{NAME} "]"
  173. @var{LINKLABELS} ::= @var{LINKLABEL} [@var{LINKLABELS}]
  174. @var{FILTER_ARGUMENTS} ::= sequence of chars (possibly quoted)
  175. @var{FILTER} ::= [@var{LINKLABELS}] @var{NAME} ["=" @var{FILTER_ARGUMENTS}] [@var{LINKLABELS}]
  176. @var{FILTERCHAIN} ::= @var{FILTER} [,@var{FILTERCHAIN}]
  177. @var{FILTERGRAPH} ::= [sws_flags=@var{flags};] @var{FILTERCHAIN} [;@var{FILTERGRAPH}]
  178. @end example
  179. @section Notes on filtergraph escaping
  180. Filtergraph description composition entails several levels of
  181. escaping. See @ref{quoting_and_escaping,,the "Quoting and escaping"
  182. section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils} for more
  183. information about the employed escaping procedure.
  184. A first level escaping affects the content of each filter option
  185. value, which may contain the special character @code{:} used to
  186. separate values, or one of the escaping characters @code{\'}.
  187. A second level escaping affects the whole filter description, which
  188. may contain the escaping characters @code{\'} or the special
  189. characters @code{[],;} used by the filtergraph description.
  190. Finally, when you specify a filtergraph on a shell commandline, you
  191. need to perform a third level escaping for the shell special
  192. characters contained within it.
  193. For example, consider the following string to be embedded in
  194. the @ref{drawtext} filter description @option{text} value:
  195. @example
  196. this is a 'string': may contain one, or more, special characters
  197. @end example
  198. This string contains the @code{'} special escaping character, and the
  199. @code{:} special character, so it needs to be escaped in this way:
  200. @example
  201. text=this is a \'string\'\: may contain one, or more, special characters
  202. @end example
  203. A second level of escaping is required when embedding the filter
  204. description in a filtergraph description, in order to escape all the
  205. filtergraph special characters. Thus the example above becomes:
  206. @example
  207. drawtext=text=this is a \\\'string\\\'\\: may contain one\, or more\, special characters
  208. @end example
  209. (note that in addition to the @code{\'} escaping special characters,
  210. also @code{,} needs to be escaped).
  211. Finally an additional level of escaping is needed when writing the
  212. filtergraph description in a shell command, which depends on the
  213. escaping rules of the adopted shell. For example, assuming that
  214. @code{\} is special and needs to be escaped with another @code{\}, the
  215. previous string will finally result in:
  216. @example
  217. -vf "drawtext=text=this is a \\\\\\'string\\\\\\'\\\\: may contain one\\, or more\\, special characters"
  218. @end example
  219. @chapter Timeline editing
  220. Some filters support a generic @option{enable} option. For the filters
  221. supporting timeline editing, this option can be set to an expression which is
  222. evaluated before sending a frame to the filter. If the evaluation is non-zero,
  223. the filter will be enabled, otherwise the frame will be sent unchanged to the
  224. next filter in the filtergraph.
  225. The expression accepts the following values:
  226. @table @samp
  227. @item t
  228. timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
  229. @item n
  230. sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0
  231. @item pos
  232. the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
  233. @item w
  234. @item h
  235. width and height of the input frame if video
  236. @end table
  237. Additionally, these filters support an @option{enable} command that can be used
  238. to re-define the expression.
  239. Like any other filtering option, the @option{enable} option follows the same
  240. rules.
  241. For example, to enable a blur filter (@ref{smartblur}) from 10 seconds to 3
  242. minutes, and a @ref{curves} filter starting at 3 seconds:
  243. @example
  244. smartblur = enable='between(t,10,3*60)',
  245. curves = enable='gte(t,3)' : preset=cross_process
  246. @end example
  247. @c man end FILTERGRAPH DESCRIPTION
  248. @chapter Audio Filters
  249. @c man begin AUDIO FILTERS
  250. When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the
  251. existing filters using @code{--disable-filters}.
  252. The configure output will show the audio filters included in your
  253. build.
  254. Below is a description of the currently available audio filters.
  255. @section adelay
  256. Delay one or more audio channels.
  257. Samples in delayed channel are filled with silence.
  258. The filter accepts the following option:
  259. @table @option
  260. @item delays
  261. Set list of delays in milliseconds for each channel separated by '|'.
  262. At least one delay greater than 0 should be provided.
  263. Unused delays will be silently ignored. If number of given delays is
  264. smaller than number of channels all remaining channels will not be delayed.
  265. @end table
  266. @subsection Examples
  267. @itemize
  268. @item
  269. Delay first channel by 1.5 seconds, the third channel by 0.5 seconds and leave
  270. the second channel (and any other channels that may be present) unchanged.
  271. @example
  272. adelay=1500|0|500
  273. @end example
  274. @end itemize
  275. @section aecho
  276. Apply echoing to the input audio.
  277. Echoes are reflected sound and can occur naturally amongst mountains
  278. (and sometimes large buildings) when talking or shouting; digital echo
  279. effects emulate this behaviour and are often used to help fill out the
  280. sound of a single instrument or vocal. The time difference between the
  281. original signal and the reflection is the @code{delay}, and the
  282. loudness of the reflected signal is the @code{decay}.
  283. Multiple echoes can have different delays and decays.
  284. A description of the accepted parameters follows.
  285. @table @option
  286. @item in_gain
  287. Set input gain of reflected signal. Default is @code{0.6}.
  288. @item out_gain
  289. Set output gain of reflected signal. Default is @code{0.3}.
  290. @item delays
  291. Set list of time intervals in milliseconds between original signal and reflections
  292. separated by '|'. Allowed range for each @code{delay} is @code{(0 - 90000.0]}.
  293. Default is @code{1000}.
  294. @item decays
  295. Set list of loudnesses of reflected signals separated by '|'.
  296. Allowed range for each @code{decay} is @code{(0 - 1.0]}.
  297. Default is @code{0.5}.
  298. @end table
  299. @subsection Examples
  300. @itemize
  301. @item
  302. Make it sound as if there are twice as many instruments as are actually playing:
  303. @example
  304. aecho=0.8:0.88:60:0.4
  305. @end example
  306. @item
  307. If delay is very short, then it sound like a (metallic) robot playing music:
  308. @example
  309. aecho=0.8:0.88:6:0.4
  310. @end example
  311. @item
  312. A longer delay will sound like an open air concert in the mountains:
  313. @example
  314. aecho=0.8:0.9:1000:0.3
  315. @end example
  316. @item
  317. Same as above but with one more mountain:
  318. @example
  319. aecho=0.8:0.9:1000|1800:0.3|0.25
  320. @end example
  321. @end itemize
  322. @section aeval
  323. Modify an audio signal according to the specified expressions.
  324. This filter accepts one or more expressions (one for each channel),
  325. which are evaluated and used to modify a corresponding audio signal.
  326. It accepts the following parameters:
  327. @table @option
  328. @item exprs
  329. Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. If
  330. the number of input channels is greater than the number of
  331. expressions, the last specified expression is used for the remaining
  332. output channels.
  333. @item channel_layout, c
  334. Set output channel layout. If not specified, the channel layout is
  335. specified by the number of expressions. If set to @samp{same}, it will
  336. use by default the same input channel layout.
  337. @end table
  338. Each expression in @var{exprs} can contain the following constants and functions:
  339. @table @option
  340. @item ch
  341. channel number of the current expression
  342. @item n
  343. number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
  344. @item s
  345. sample rate
  346. @item t
  347. time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds
  348. @item nb_in_channels
  349. @item nb_out_channels
  350. input and output number of channels
  351. @item val(CH)
  352. the value of input channel with number @var{CH}
  353. @end table
  354. Note: this filter is slow. For faster processing you should use a
  355. dedicated filter.
  356. @subsection Examples
  357. @itemize
  358. @item
  359. Half volume:
  360. @example
  361. aeval=val(ch)/2:c=same
  362. @end example
  363. @item
  364. Invert phase of the second channel:
  365. @example
  366. aeval=val(0)|-val(1)
  367. @end example
  368. @end itemize
  369. @section afade
  370. Apply fade-in/out effect to input audio.
  371. A description of the accepted parameters follows.
  372. @table @option
  373. @item type, t
  374. Specify the effect type, can be either @code{in} for fade-in, or
  375. @code{out} for a fade-out effect. Default is @code{in}.
  376. @item start_sample, ss
  377. Specify the number of the start sample for starting to apply the fade
  378. effect. Default is 0.
  379. @item nb_samples, ns
  380. Specify the number of samples for which the fade effect has to last. At
  381. the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same
  382. volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition
  383. the output audio will be silence. Default is 44100.
  384. @item start_time, st
  385. Specify the start time of the fade effect. Default is 0.
  386. The value must be specified as a time duration; see
  387. @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
  388. for the accepted syntax.
  389. If set this option is used instead of @var{start_sample}.
  390. @item duration, d
  391. Specify the duration of the fade effect. See
  392. @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
  393. for the accepted syntax.
  394. At the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same
  395. volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition
  396. the output audio will be silence.
  397. By default the duration is determined by @var{nb_samples}.
  398. If set this option is used instead of @var{nb_samples}.
  399. @item curve
  400. Set curve for fade transition.
  401. It accepts the following values:
  402. @table @option
  403. @item tri
  404. select triangular, linear slope (default)
  405. @item qsin
  406. select quarter of sine wave
  407. @item hsin
  408. select half of sine wave
  409. @item esin
  410. select exponential sine wave
  411. @item log
  412. select logarithmic
  413. @item par
  414. select inverted parabola
  415. @item qua
  416. select quadratic
  417. @item cub
  418. select cubic
  419. @item squ
  420. select square root
  421. @item cbr
  422. select cubic root
  423. @end table
  424. @end table
  425. @subsection Examples
  426. @itemize
  427. @item
  428. Fade in first 15 seconds of audio:
  429. @example
  430. afade=t=in:ss=0:d=15
  431. @end example
  432. @item
  433. Fade out last 25 seconds of a 900 seconds audio:
  434. @example
  435. afade=t=out:st=875:d=25
  436. @end example
  437. @end itemize
  438. @anchor{aformat}
  439. @section aformat
  440. Set output format constraints for the input audio. The framework will
  441. negotiate the most appropriate format to minimize conversions.
  442. It accepts the following parameters:
  443. @table @option
  444. @item sample_fmts
  445. A '|'-separated list of requested sample formats.
  446. @item sample_rates
  447. A '|'-separated list of requested sample rates.
  448. @item channel_layouts
  449. A '|'-separated list of requested channel layouts.
  450. See @ref{channel layout syntax,,the Channel Layout section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
  451. for the required syntax.
  452. @end table
  453. If a parameter is omitted, all values are allowed.
  454. Force the output to either unsigned 8-bit or signed 16-bit stereo
  455. @example
  456. aformat=sample_fmts=u8|s16:channel_layouts=stereo
  457. @end example
  458. @section allpass
  459. Apply a two-pole all-pass filter with central frequency (in Hz)
  460. @var{frequency}, and filter-width @var{width}.
  461. An all-pass filter changes the audio's frequency to phase relationship
  462. without changing its frequency to amplitude relationship.
  463. The filter accepts the following options:
  464. @table @option
  465. @item frequency, f
  466. Set frequency in Hz.
  467. @item width_type
  468. Set method to specify band-width of filter.
  469. @table @option
  470. @item h
  471. Hz
  472. @item q
  473. Q-Factor
  474. @item o
  475. octave
  476. @item s
  477. slope
  478. @end table
  479. @item width, w
  480. Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
  481. @end table
  482. @section amerge
  483. Merge two or more audio streams into a single multi-channel stream.
  484. The filter accepts the following options:
  485. @table @option
  486. @item inputs
  487. Set the number of inputs. Default is 2.
  488. @end table
  489. If the channel layouts of the inputs are disjoint, and therefore compatible,
  490. the channel layout of the output will be set accordingly and the channels
  491. will be reordered as necessary. If the channel layouts of the inputs are not
  492. disjoint, the output will have all the channels of the first input then all
  493. the channels of the second input, in that order, and the channel layout of
  494. the output will be the default value corresponding to the total number of
  495. channels.
  496. For example, if the first input is in 2.1 (FL+FR+LF) and the second input
  497. is FC+BL+BR, then the output will be in 5.1, with the channels in the
  498. following order: a1, a2, b1, a3, b2, b3 (a1 is the first channel of the
  499. first input, b1 is the first channel of the second input).
  500. On the other hand, if both input are in stereo, the output channels will be
  501. in the default order: a1, a2, b1, b2, and the channel layout will be
  502. arbitrarily set to 4.0, which may or may not be the expected value.
  503. All inputs must have the same sample rate, and format.
  504. If inputs do not have the same duration, the output will stop with the
  505. shortest.
  506. @subsection Examples
  507. @itemize
  508. @item
  509. Merge two mono files into a stereo stream:
  510. @example
  511. amovie=left.wav [l] ; amovie=right.mp3 [r] ; [l] [r] amerge
  512. @end example
  513. @item
  514. Multiple merges assuming 1 video stream and 6 audio streams in @file{input.mkv}:
  515. @example
  516. ffmpeg -i input.mkv -filter_complex "[0:1][0:2][0:3][0:4][0:5][0:6] amerge=inputs=6" -c:a pcm_s16le output.mkv
  517. @end example
  518. @end itemize
  519. @section amix
  520. Mixes multiple audio inputs into a single output.
  521. Note that this filter only supports float samples (the @var{amerge}
  522. and @var{pan} audio filters support many formats). If the @var{amix}
  523. input has integer samples then @ref{aresample} will be automatically
  524. inserted to perform the conversion to float samples.
  525. For example
  526. @example
  527. ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex amix=inputs=3:duration=first:dropout_transition=3 OUTPUT
  528. @end example
  529. will mix 3 input audio streams to a single output with the same duration as the
  530. first input and a dropout transition time of 3 seconds.
  531. It accepts the following parameters:
  532. @table @option
  533. @item inputs
  534. The number of inputs. If unspecified, it defaults to 2.
  535. @item duration
  536. How to determine the end-of-stream.
  537. @table @option
  538. @item longest
  539. The duration of the longest input. (default)
  540. @item shortest
  541. The duration of the shortest input.
  542. @item first
  543. The duration of the first input.
  544. @end table
  545. @item dropout_transition
  546. The transition time, in seconds, for volume renormalization when an input
  547. stream ends. The default value is 2 seconds.
  548. @end table
  549. @section anull
  550. Pass the audio source unchanged to the output.
  551. @section apad
  552. Pad the end of an audio stream with silence.
  553. This can be used together with @command{ffmpeg} @option{-shortest} to
  554. extend audio streams to the same length as the video stream.
  555. A description of the accepted options follows.
  556. @table @option
  557. @item packet_size
  558. Set silence packet size. Default value is 4096.
  559. @item pad_len
  560. Set the number of samples of silence to add to the end. After the
  561. value is reached, the stream is terminated. This option is mutually
  562. exclusive with @option{whole_len}.
  563. @item whole_len
  564. Set the minimum total number of samples in the output audio stream. If
  565. the value is longer than the input audio length, silence is added to
  566. the end, until the value is reached. This option is mutually exclusive
  567. with @option{pad_len}.
  568. @end table
  569. If neither the @option{pad_len} nor the @option{whole_len} option is
  570. set, the filter will add silence to the end of the input stream
  571. indefinitely.
  572. @subsection Examples
  573. @itemize
  574. @item
  575. Add 1024 samples of silence to the end of the input:
  576. @example
  577. apad=pad_len=1024
  578. @end example
  579. @item
  580. Make sure the audio output will contain at least 10000 samples, pad
  581. the input with silence if required:
  582. @example
  583. apad=whole_len=10000
  584. @end example
  585. @item
  586. Use @command{ffmpeg} to pad the audio input with silence, so that the
  587. video stream will always result the shortest and will be converted
  588. until the end in the output file when using the @option{shortest}
  589. option:
  590. @example
  591. ffmpeg -i VIDEO -i AUDIO -filter_complex "[1:0]apad" -shortest OUTPUT
  592. @end example
  593. @end itemize
  594. @section aphaser
  595. Add a phasing effect to the input audio.
  596. A phaser filter creates series of peaks and troughs in the frequency spectrum.
  597. The position of the peaks and troughs are modulated so that they vary over time, creating a sweeping effect.
  598. A description of the accepted parameters follows.
  599. @table @option
  600. @item in_gain
  601. Set input gain. Default is 0.4.
  602. @item out_gain
  603. Set output gain. Default is 0.74
  604. @item delay
  605. Set delay in milliseconds. Default is 3.0.
  606. @item decay
  607. Set decay. Default is 0.4.
  608. @item speed
  609. Set modulation speed in Hz. Default is 0.5.
  610. @item type
  611. Set modulation type. Default is triangular.
  612. It accepts the following values:
  613. @table @samp
  614. @item triangular, t
  615. @item sinusoidal, s
  616. @end table
  617. @end table
  618. @anchor{aresample}
  619. @section aresample
  620. Resample the input audio to the specified parameters, using the
  621. libswresample library. If none are specified then the filter will
  622. automatically convert between its input and output.
  623. This filter is also able to stretch/squeeze the audio data to make it match
  624. the timestamps or to inject silence / cut out audio to make it match the
  625. timestamps, do a combination of both or do neither.
  626. The filter accepts the syntax
  627. [@var{sample_rate}:]@var{resampler_options}, where @var{sample_rate}
  628. expresses a sample rate and @var{resampler_options} is a list of
  629. @var{key}=@var{value} pairs, separated by ":". See the
  630. ffmpeg-resampler manual for the complete list of supported options.
  631. @subsection Examples
  632. @itemize
  633. @item
  634. Resample the input audio to 44100Hz:
  635. @example
  636. aresample=44100
  637. @end example
  638. @item
  639. Stretch/squeeze samples to the given timestamps, with a maximum of 1000
  640. samples per second compensation:
  641. @example
  642. aresample=async=1000
  643. @end example
  644. @end itemize
  645. @section asetnsamples
  646. Set the number of samples per each output audio frame.
  647. The last output packet may contain a different number of samples, as
  648. the filter will flush all the remaining samples when the input audio
  649. signal its end.
  650. The filter accepts the following options:
  651. @table @option
  652. @item nb_out_samples, n
  653. Set the number of frames per each output audio frame. The number is
  654. intended as the number of samples @emph{per each channel}.
  655. Default value is 1024.
  656. @item pad, p
  657. If set to 1, the filter will pad the last audio frame with zeroes, so
  658. that the last frame will contain the same number of samples as the
  659. previous ones. Default value is 1.
  660. @end table
  661. For example, to set the number of per-frame samples to 1234 and
  662. disable padding for the last frame, use:
  663. @example
  664. asetnsamples=n=1234:p=0
  665. @end example
  666. @section asetrate
  667. Set the sample rate without altering the PCM data.
  668. This will result in a change of speed and pitch.
  669. The filter accepts the following options:
  670. @table @option
  671. @item sample_rate, r
  672. Set the output sample rate. Default is 44100 Hz.
  673. @end table
  674. @section ashowinfo
  675. Show a line containing various information for each input audio frame.
  676. The input audio is not modified.
  677. The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form
  678. @var{key}:@var{value}.
  679. The following values are shown in the output:
  680. @table @option
  681. @item n
  682. The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.
  683. @item pts
  684. The presentation timestamp of the input frame, in time base units; the time base
  685. depends on the filter input pad, and is usually 1/@var{sample_rate}.
  686. @item pts_time
  687. The presentation timestamp of the input frame in seconds.
  688. @item pos
  689. position of the frame in the input stream, -1 if this information in
  690. unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic audio)
  691. @item fmt
  692. The sample format.
  693. @item chlayout
  694. The channel layout.
  695. @item rate
  696. The sample rate for the audio frame.
  697. @item nb_samples
  698. The number of samples (per channel) in the frame.
  699. @item checksum
  700. The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of the audio data. For planar
  701. audio, the data is treated as if all the planes were concatenated.
  702. @item plane_checksums
  703. A list of Adler-32 checksums for each data plane.
  704. @end table
  705. @section astats
  706. Display time domain statistical information about the audio channels.
  707. Statistics are calculated and displayed for each audio channel and,
  708. where applicable, an overall figure is also given.
  709. It accepts the following option:
  710. @table @option
  711. @item length
  712. Short window length in seconds, used for peak and trough RMS measurement.
  713. Default is @code{0.05} (50 milliseconds). Allowed range is @code{[0.1 - 10]}.
  714. @end table
  715. A description of each shown parameter follows:
  716. @table @option
  717. @item DC offset
  718. Mean amplitude displacement from zero.
  719. @item Min level
  720. Minimal sample level.
  721. @item Max level
  722. Maximal sample level.
  723. @item Peak level dB
  724. @item RMS level dB
  725. Standard peak and RMS level measured in dBFS.
  726. @item RMS peak dB
  727. @item RMS trough dB
  728. Peak and trough values for RMS level measured over a short window.
  729. @item Crest factor
  730. Standard ratio of peak to RMS level (note: not in dB).
  731. @item Flat factor
  732. Flatness (i.e. consecutive samples with the same value) of the signal at its peak levels
  733. (i.e. either @var{Min level} or @var{Max level}).
  734. @item Peak count
  735. Number of occasions (not the number of samples) that the signal attained either
  736. @var{Min level} or @var{Max level}.
  737. @end table
  738. @section astreamsync
  739. Forward two audio streams and control the order the buffers are forwarded.
  740. The filter accepts the following options:
  741. @table @option
  742. @item expr, e
  743. Set the expression deciding which stream should be
  744. forwarded next: if the result is negative, the first stream is forwarded; if
  745. the result is positive or zero, the second stream is forwarded. It can use
  746. the following variables:
  747. @table @var
  748. @item b1 b2
  749. number of buffers forwarded so far on each stream
  750. @item s1 s2
  751. number of samples forwarded so far on each stream
  752. @item t1 t2
  753. current timestamp of each stream
  754. @end table
  755. The default value is @code{t1-t2}, which means to always forward the stream
  756. that has a smaller timestamp.
  757. @end table
  758. @subsection Examples
  759. Stress-test @code{amerge} by randomly sending buffers on the wrong
  760. input, while avoiding too much of a desynchronization:
  761. @example
  762. amovie=file.ogg [a] ; amovie=file.mp3 [b] ;
  763. [a] [b] astreamsync=(2*random(1))-1+tanh(5*(t1-t2)) [a2] [b2] ;
  764. [a2] [b2] amerge
  765. @end example
  766. @section asyncts
  767. Synchronize audio data with timestamps by squeezing/stretching it and/or
  768. dropping samples/adding silence when needed.
  769. This filter is not built by default, please use @ref{aresample} to do squeezing/stretching.
  770. It accepts the following parameters:
  771. @table @option
  772. @item compensate
  773. Enable stretching/squeezing the data to make it match the timestamps. Disabled
  774. by default. When disabled, time gaps are covered with silence.
  775. @item min_delta
  776. The minimum difference between timestamps and audio data (in seconds) to trigger
  777. adding/dropping samples. The default value is 0.1. If you get an imperfect
  778. sync with this filter, try setting this parameter to 0.
  779. @item max_comp
  780. The maximum compensation in samples per second. Only relevant with compensate=1.
  781. The default value is 500.
  782. @item first_pts
  783. Assume that the first PTS should be this value. The time base is 1 / sample
  784. rate. This allows for padding/trimming at the start of the stream. By default,
  785. no assumption is made about the first frame's expected PTS, so no padding or
  786. trimming is done. For example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with
  787. silence if an audio stream starts after the video stream or to trim any samples
  788. with a negative PTS due to encoder delay.
  789. @end table
  790. @section atempo
  791. Adjust audio tempo.
  792. The filter accepts exactly one parameter, the audio tempo. If not
  793. specified then the filter will assume nominal 1.0 tempo. Tempo must
  794. be in the [0.5, 2.0] range.
  795. @subsection Examples
  796. @itemize
  797. @item
  798. Slow down audio to 80% tempo:
  799. @example
  800. atempo=0.8
  801. @end example
  802. @item
  803. To speed up audio to 125% tempo:
  804. @example
  805. atempo=1.25
  806. @end example
  807. @end itemize
  808. @section atrim
  809. Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input.
  810. It accepts the following parameters:
  811. @table @option
  812. @item start
  813. Timestamp (in seconds) of the start of the section to keep. I.e. the audio
  814. sample with the timestamp @var{start} will be the first sample in the output.
  815. @item end
  816. Specify time of the first audio sample that will be dropped, i.e. the
  817. audio sample immediately preceding the one with the timestamp @var{end} will be
  818. the last sample in the output.
  819. @item start_pts
  820. Same as @var{start}, except this option sets the start timestamp in samples
  821. instead of seconds.
  822. @item end_pts
  823. Same as @var{end}, except this option sets the end timestamp in samples instead
  824. of seconds.
  825. @item duration
  826. The maximum duration of the output in seconds.
  827. @item start_sample
  828. The number of the first sample that should be output.
  829. @item end_sample
  830. The number of the first sample that should be dropped.
  831. @end table
  832. @option{start}, @option{end}, and @option{duration} are expressed as time
  833. duration specifications; see
  834. @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}.
  835. Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the @option{duration}
  836. option look at the frame timestamp, while the _sample options simply count the
  837. samples that pass through the filter. So start/end_pts and start/end_sample will
  838. give different results when the timestamps are wrong, inexact or do not start at
  839. zero. Also note that this filter does not modify the timestamps. If you wish
  840. to have the output timestamps start at zero, insert the asetpts filter after the
  841. atrim filter.
  842. If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be greedy and
  843. keep all samples that match at least one of the specified constraints. To keep
  844. only the part that matches all the constraints at once, chain multiple atrim
  845. filters.
  846. The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is possible to set e.g.
  847. just the end values to keep everything before the specified time.
  848. Examples:
  849. @itemize
  850. @item
  851. Drop everything except the second minute of input:
  852. @example
  853. ffmpeg -i INPUT -af atrim=60:120
  854. @end example
  855. @item
  856. Keep only the first 1000 samples:
  857. @example
  858. ffmpeg -i INPUT -af atrim=end_sample=1000
  859. @end example
  860. @end itemize
  861. @section bandpass
  862. Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-pass filter with central
  863. frequency @var{frequency}, and (3dB-point) band-width width.
  864. The @var{csg} option selects a constant skirt gain (peak gain = Q)
  865. instead of the default: constant 0dB peak gain.
  866. The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).
  867. The filter accepts the following options:
  868. @table @option
  869. @item frequency, f
  870. Set the filter's central frequency. Default is @code{3000}.
  871. @item csg
  872. Constant skirt gain if set to 1. Defaults to 0.
  873. @item width_type
  874. Set method to specify band-width of filter.
  875. @table @option
  876. @item h
  877. Hz
  878. @item q
  879. Q-Factor
  880. @item o
  881. octave
  882. @item s
  883. slope
  884. @end table
  885. @item width, w
  886. Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
  887. @end table
  888. @section bandreject
  889. Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-reject filter with central
  890. frequency @var{frequency}, and (3dB-point) band-width @var{width}.
  891. The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).
  892. The filter accepts the following options:
  893. @table @option
  894. @item frequency, f
  895. Set the filter's central frequency. Default is @code{3000}.
  896. @item width_type
  897. Set method to specify band-width of filter.
  898. @table @option
  899. @item h
  900. Hz
  901. @item q
  902. Q-Factor
  903. @item o
  904. octave
  905. @item s
  906. slope
  907. @end table
  908. @item width, w
  909. Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
  910. @end table
  911. @section bass
  912. Boost or cut the bass (lower) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole
  913. shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard
  914. hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ).
  915. The filter accepts the following options:
  916. @table @option
  917. @item gain, g
  918. Give the gain at 0 Hz. Its useful range is about -20
  919. (for a large cut) to +20 (for a large boost).
  920. Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
  921. @item frequency, f
  922. Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used
  923. to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut.
  924. The default value is @code{100} Hz.
  925. @item width_type
  926. Set method to specify band-width of filter.
  927. @table @option
  928. @item h
  929. Hz
  930. @item q
  931. Q-Factor
  932. @item o
  933. octave
  934. @item s
  935. slope
  936. @end table
  937. @item width, w
  938. Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.
  939. @end table
  940. @section biquad
  941. Apply a biquad IIR filter with the given coefficients.
  942. Where @var{b0}, @var{b1}, @var{b2} and @var{a0}, @var{a1}, @var{a2}
  943. are the numerator and denominator coefficients respectively.
  944. @section bs2b
  945. Bauer stereo to binaural transformation, which improves headphone listening of
  946. stereo audio records.
  947. It accepts the following parameters:
  948. @table @option
  949. @item profile
  950. Pre-defined crossfeed level.
  951. @table @option
  952. @item default
  953. Default level (fcut=700, feed=50).
  954. @item cmoy
  955. Chu Moy circuit (fcut=700, feed=60).
  956. @item jmeier
  957. Jan Meier circuit (fcut=650, feed=95).
  958. @end table
  959. @item fcut
  960. Cut frequency (in Hz).
  961. @item feed
  962. Feed level (in Hz).
  963. @end table
  964. @section channelmap
  965. Remap input channels to new locations.
  966. It accepts the following parameters:
  967. @table @option
  968. @item channel_layout
  969. The channel layout of the output stream.
  970. @item map
  971. Map channels from input to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of
  972. mappings, each in the @code{@var{in_channel}-@var{out_channel}} or
  973. @var{in_channel} form. @var{in_channel} can be either the name of the input
  974. channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its index in the input channel layout.
  975. @var{out_channel} is the name of the output channel or its index in the output
  976. channel layout. If @var{out_channel} is not given then it is implicitly an
  977. index, starting with zero and increasing by one for each mapping.
  978. @end table
  979. If no mapping is present, the filter will implicitly map input channels to
  980. output channels, preserving indices.
  981. For example, assuming a 5.1+downmix input MOV file,
  982. @example
  983. ffmpeg -i in.mov -filter 'channelmap=map=DL-FL|DR-FR' out.wav
  984. @end example
  985. will create an output WAV file tagged as stereo from the downmix channels of
  986. the input.
  987. To fix a 5.1 WAV improperly encoded in AAC's native channel order
  988. @example
  989. ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter 'channelmap=1|2|0|5|3|4:channel_layout=5.1' out.wav
  990. @end example
  991. @section channelsplit
  992. Split each channel from an input audio stream into a separate output stream.
  993. It accepts the following parameters:
  994. @table @option
  995. @item channel_layout
  996. The channel layout of the input stream. The default is "stereo".
  997. @end table
  998. For example, assuming a stereo input MP3 file,
  999. @example
  1000. ffmpeg -i in.mp3 -filter_complex channelsplit out.mkv
  1001. @end example
  1002. will create an output Matroska file with two audio streams, one containing only
  1003. the left channel and the other the right channel.
  1004. Split a 5.1 WAV file into per-channel files:
  1005. @example
  1006. ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter_complex
  1007. 'channelsplit=channel_layout=5.1[FL][FR][FC][LFE][SL][SR]'
  1008. -map '[FL]' front_left.wav -map '[FR]' front_right.wav -map '[FC]'
  1009. front_center.wav -map '[LFE]' lfe.wav -map '[SL]' side_left.wav -map '[SR]'
  1010. side_right.wav
  1011. @end example
  1012. @section compand
  1013. Compress or expand the audio's dynamic range.
  1014. It accepts the following parameters:
  1015. @table @option
  1016. @item attacks
  1017. @item decays
  1018. A list of times in seconds for each channel over which the instantaneous level
  1019. of the input signal is averaged to determine its volume. @var{attacks} refers to
  1020. increase of volume and @var{decays} refers to decrease of volume. For most
  1021. situations, the attack time (response to the audio getting louder) should be
  1022. shorter than the decay time, because the human ear is more sensitive to sudden
  1023. loud audio than sudden soft audio. A typical value for attack is 0.3 seconds and
  1024. a typical value for decay is 0.8 seconds.
  1025. @item points
  1026. A list of points for the transfer function, specified in dB relative to the
  1027. maximum possible signal amplitude. Each key points list must be defined using
  1028. the following syntax: @code{x0/y0|x1/y1|x2/y2|....} or
  1029. @code{x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ....}
  1030. The input values must be in strictly increasing order but the transfer function
  1031. does not have to be monotonically rising. The point @code{0/0} is assumed but
  1032. may be overridden (by @code{0/out-dBn}). Typical values for the transfer
  1033. function are @code{-70/-70|-60/-20}.
  1034. @item soft-knee
  1035. Set the curve radius in dB for all joints. It defaults to 0.01.
  1036. @item gain
  1037. Set the additional gain in dB to be applied at all points on the transfer
  1038. function. This allows for easy adjustment of the overall gain.
  1039. It defaults to 0.
  1040. @item volume
  1041. Set an initial volume, in dB, to be assumed for each channel when filtering
  1042. starts. This permits the user to supply a nominal level initially, so that, for
  1043. example, a very large gain is not applied to initial signal levels before the
  1044. companding has begun to operate. A typical value for audio which is initially
  1045. quiet is -90 dB. It defaults to 0.
  1046. @item delay
  1047. Set a delay, in seconds. The input audio is analyzed immediately, but audio is
  1048. delayed before being fed to the volume adjuster. Specifying a delay
  1049. approximately equal to the attack/decay times allows the filter to effectively
  1050. operate in predictive rather than reactive mode. It defaults to 0.
  1051. @end table
  1052. @subsection Examples
  1053. @itemize
  1054. @item
  1055. Make music with both quiet and loud passages suitable for listening to in a
  1056. noisy environment:
  1057. @example
  1058. compand=.3|.3:1|1:-90/-60|-60/-40|-40/-30|-20/-20:6:0:-90:0.2
  1059. @end example
  1060. @item
  1061. A noise gate for when the noise is at a lower level than the signal:
  1062. @example
  1063. compand=.1|.1:.2|.2:-900/-900|-50.1/-900|-50/-50:.01:0:-90:.1
  1064. @end example
  1065. @item
  1066. Here is another noise gate, this time for when the noise is at a higher level
  1067. than the signal (making it, in some ways, similar to squelch):
  1068. @example
  1069. compand=.1|.1:.1|.1:-45.1/-45.1|-45/-900|0/-900:.01:45:-90:.1
  1070. @end example
  1071. @end itemize
  1072. @section earwax
  1073. Make audio easier to listen to on headphones.
  1074. This filter adds `cues' to 44.1kHz stereo (i.e. audio CD format) audio
  1075. so that when listened to on headphones the stereo image is moved from
  1076. inside your head (standard for headphones) to outside and in front of
  1077. the listener (standard for speakers).
  1078. Ported from SoX.
  1079. @section equalizer
  1080. Apply a two-pole peaking equalisation (EQ) filter. With this
  1081. filter, the signal-level at and around a selected frequency can
  1082. be increased or decreased, whilst (unlike bandpass and bandreject
  1083. filters) that at all other frequencies is unchanged.
  1084. In order to produce complex equalisation curves, this filter can
  1085. be given several times, each with a different central frequency.
  1086. The filter accepts the following options:
  1087. @table @option
  1088. @item frequency, f
  1089. Set the filter's central frequency in Hz.
  1090. @item width_type
  1091. Set method to specify band-width of filter.
  1092. @table @option
  1093. @item h
  1094. Hz
  1095. @item q
  1096. Q-Factor
  1097. @item o
  1098. octave
  1099. @item s
  1100. slope
  1101. @end table
  1102. @item width, w
  1103. Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
  1104. @item gain, g
  1105. Set the required gain or attenuation in dB.
  1106. Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
  1107. @end table
  1108. @subsection Examples
  1109. @itemize
  1110. @item
  1111. Attenuate 10 dB at 1000 Hz, with a bandwidth of 200 Hz:
  1112. @example
  1113. equalizer=f=1000:width_type=h:width=200:g=-10
  1114. @end example
  1115. @item
  1116. Apply 2 dB gain at 1000 Hz with Q 1 and attenuate 5 dB at 100 Hz with Q 2:
  1117. @example
  1118. equalizer=f=1000:width_type=q:width=1:g=2,equalizer=f=100:width_type=q:width=2:g=-5
  1119. @end example
  1120. @end itemize
  1121. @section flanger
  1122. Apply a flanging effect to the audio.
  1123. The filter accepts the following options:
  1124. @table @option
  1125. @item delay
  1126. Set base delay in milliseconds. Range from 0 to 30. Default value is 0.
  1127. @item depth
  1128. Set added swep delay in milliseconds. Range from 0 to 10. Default value is 2.
  1129. @item regen
  1130. Set percentage regeneration (delayed signal feedback). Range from -95 to 95.
  1131. Default value is 0.
  1132. @item width
  1133. Set percentage of delayed signal mixed with original. Range from 0 to 100.
  1134. Default value is 71.
  1135. @item speed
  1136. Set sweeps per second (Hz). Range from 0.1 to 10. Default value is 0.5.
  1137. @item shape
  1138. Set swept wave shape, can be @var{triangular} or @var{sinusoidal}.
  1139. Default value is @var{sinusoidal}.
  1140. @item phase
  1141. Set swept wave percentage-shift for multi channel. Range from 0 to 100.
  1142. Default value is 25.
  1143. @item interp
  1144. Set delay-line interpolation, @var{linear} or @var{quadratic}.
  1145. Default is @var{linear}.
  1146. @end table
  1147. @section highpass
  1148. Apply a high-pass filter with 3dB point frequency.
  1149. The filter can be either single-pole, or double-pole (the default).
  1150. The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per decade).
  1151. The filter accepts the following options:
  1152. @table @option
  1153. @item frequency, f
  1154. Set frequency in Hz. Default is 3000.
  1155. @item poles, p
  1156. Set number of poles. Default is 2.
  1157. @item width_type
  1158. Set method to specify band-width of filter.
  1159. @table @option
  1160. @item h
  1161. Hz
  1162. @item q
  1163. Q-Factor
  1164. @item o
  1165. octave
  1166. @item s
  1167. slope
  1168. @end table
  1169. @item width, w
  1170. Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
  1171. Applies only to double-pole filter.
  1172. The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response.
  1173. @end table
  1174. @section join
  1175. Join multiple input streams into one multi-channel stream.
  1176. It accepts the following parameters:
  1177. @table @option
  1178. @item inputs
  1179. The number of input streams. It defaults to 2.
  1180. @item channel_layout
  1181. The desired output channel layout. It defaults to stereo.
  1182. @item map
  1183. Map channels from inputs to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of
  1184. mappings, each in the @code{@var{input_idx}.@var{in_channel}-@var{out_channel}}
  1185. form. @var{input_idx} is the 0-based index of the input stream. @var{in_channel}
  1186. can be either the name of the input channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its
  1187. index in the specified input stream. @var{out_channel} is the name of the output
  1188. channel.
  1189. @end table
  1190. The filter will attempt to guess the mappings when they are not specified
  1191. explicitly. It does so by first trying to find an unused matching input channel
  1192. and if that fails it picks the first unused input channel.
  1193. Join 3 inputs (with properly set channel layouts):
  1194. @example
  1195. ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex join=inputs=3 OUTPUT
  1196. @end example
  1197. Build a 5.1 output from 6 single-channel streams:
  1198. @example
  1199. ffmpeg -i fl -i fr -i fc -i sl -i sr -i lfe -filter_complex
  1200. 'join=inputs=6:channel_layout=5.1:map=0.0-FL|1.0-FR|2.0-FC|3.0-SL|4.0-SR|5.0-LFE'
  1201. out
  1202. @end example
  1203. @section ladspa
  1204. Load a LADSPA (Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API) plugin.
  1205. To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
  1206. @code{--enable-ladspa}.
  1207. @table @option
  1208. @item file, f
  1209. Specifies the name of LADSPA plugin library to load. If the environment
  1210. variable @env{LADSPA_PATH} is defined, the LADSPA plugin is searched in
  1211. each one of the directories specified by the colon separated list in
  1212. @env{LADSPA_PATH}, otherwise in the standard LADSPA paths, which are in
  1213. this order: @file{HOME/.ladspa/lib/}, @file{/usr/local/lib/ladspa/},
  1214. @file{/usr/lib/ladspa/}.
  1215. @item plugin, p
  1216. Specifies the plugin within the library. Some libraries contain only
  1217. one plugin, but others contain many of them. If this is not set filter
  1218. will list all available plugins within the specified library.
  1219. @item controls, c
  1220. Set the '|' separated list of controls which are zero or more floating point
  1221. values that determine the behavior of the loaded plugin (for example delay,
  1222. threshold or gain).
  1223. Controls need to be defined using the following syntax:
  1224. c0=@var{value0}|c1=@var{value1}|c2=@var{value2}|..., where
  1225. @var{valuei} is the value set on the @var{i}-th control.
  1226. If @option{controls} is set to @code{help}, all available controls and
  1227. their valid ranges are printed.
  1228. @item sample_rate, s
  1229. Specify the sample rate, default to 44100. Only used if plugin have
  1230. zero inputs.
  1231. @item nb_samples, n
  1232. Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame, default
  1233. is 1024. Only used if plugin have zero inputs.
  1234. @item duration, d
  1235. Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See
  1236. @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
  1237. for the accepted syntax.
  1238. Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified duration,
  1239. as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a complete frame.
  1240. If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is
  1241. supposed to be generated forever.
  1242. Only used if plugin have zero inputs.
  1243. @end table
  1244. @subsection Examples
  1245. @itemize
  1246. @item
  1247. List all available plugins within amp (LADSPA example plugin) library:
  1248. @example
  1249. ladspa=file=amp
  1250. @end example
  1251. @item
  1252. List all available controls and their valid ranges for @code{vcf_notch}
  1253. plugin from @code{VCF} library:
  1254. @example
  1255. ladspa=f=vcf:p=vcf_notch:c=help
  1256. @end example
  1257. @item
  1258. Simulate low quality audio equipment using @code{Computer Music Toolkit} (CMT)
  1259. plugin library:
  1260. @example
  1261. ladspa=file=cmt:plugin=lofi:controls=c0=22|c1=12|c2=12
  1262. @end example
  1263. @item
  1264. Add reverberation to the audio using TAP-plugins
  1265. (Tom's Audio Processing plugins):
  1266. @example
  1267. ladspa=file=tap_reverb:tap_reverb
  1268. @end example
  1269. @item
  1270. Generate white noise, with 0.2 amplitude:
  1271. @example
  1272. ladspa=file=cmt:noise_source_white:c=c0=.2
  1273. @end example
  1274. @item
  1275. Generate 20 bpm clicks using plugin @code{C* Click - Metronome} from the
  1276. @code{C* Audio Plugin Suite} (CAPS) library:
  1277. @example
  1278. ladspa=file=caps:Click:c=c1=20'
  1279. @end example
  1280. @item
  1281. Apply @code{C* Eq10X2 - Stereo 10-band equaliser} effect:
  1282. @example
  1283. ladspa=caps:Eq10X2:c=c0=-48|c9=-24|c3=12|c4=2
  1284. @end example
  1285. @end itemize
  1286. @subsection Commands
  1287. This filter supports the following commands:
  1288. @table @option
  1289. @item cN
  1290. Modify the @var{N}-th control value.
  1291. If the specified value is not valid, it is ignored and prior one is kept.
  1292. @end table
  1293. @section lowpass
  1294. Apply a low-pass filter with 3dB point frequency.
  1295. The filter can be either single-pole or double-pole (the default).
  1296. The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per decade).
  1297. The filter accepts the following options:
  1298. @table @option
  1299. @item frequency, f
  1300. Set frequency in Hz. Default is 500.
  1301. @item poles, p
  1302. Set number of poles. Default is 2.
  1303. @item width_type
  1304. Set method to specify band-width of filter.
  1305. @table @option
  1306. @item h
  1307. Hz
  1308. @item q
  1309. Q-Factor
  1310. @item o
  1311. octave
  1312. @item s
  1313. slope
  1314. @end table
  1315. @item width, w
  1316. Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
  1317. Applies only to double-pole filter.
  1318. The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response.
  1319. @end table
  1320. @section pan
  1321. Mix channels with specific gain levels. The filter accepts the output
  1322. channel layout followed by a set of channels definitions.
  1323. This filter is also designed to efficiently remap the channels of an audio
  1324. stream.
  1325. The filter accepts parameters of the form:
  1326. "@var{l}|@var{outdef}|@var{outdef}|..."
  1327. @table @option
  1328. @item l
  1329. output channel layout or number of channels
  1330. @item outdef
  1331. output channel specification, of the form:
  1332. "@var{out_name}=[@var{gain}*]@var{in_name}[+[@var{gain}*]@var{in_name}...]"
  1333. @item out_name
  1334. output channel to define, either a channel name (FL, FR, etc.) or a channel
  1335. number (c0, c1, etc.)
  1336. @item gain
  1337. multiplicative coefficient for the channel, 1 leaving the volume unchanged
  1338. @item in_name
  1339. input channel to use, see out_name for details; it is not possible to mix
  1340. named and numbered input channels
  1341. @end table
  1342. If the `=' in a channel specification is replaced by `<', then the gains for
  1343. that specification will be renormalized so that the total is 1, thus
  1344. avoiding clipping noise.
  1345. @subsection Mixing examples
  1346. For example, if you want to down-mix from stereo to mono, but with a bigger
  1347. factor for the left channel:
  1348. @example
  1349. pan=1c|c0=0.9*c0+0.1*c1
  1350. @end example
  1351. A customized down-mix to stereo that works automatically for 3-, 4-, 5- and
  1352. 7-channels surround:
  1353. @example
  1354. pan=stereo| FL < FL + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BL + 0.6*SL | FR < FR + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BR + 0.6*SR
  1355. @end example
  1356. Note that @command{ffmpeg} integrates a default down-mix (and up-mix) system
  1357. that should be preferred (see "-ac" option) unless you have very specific
  1358. needs.
  1359. @subsection Remapping examples
  1360. The channel remapping will be effective if, and only if:
  1361. @itemize
  1362. @item gain coefficients are zeroes or ones,
  1363. @item only one input per channel output,
  1364. @end itemize
  1365. If all these conditions are satisfied, the filter will notify the user ("Pure
  1366. channel mapping detected"), and use an optimized and lossless method to do the
  1367. remapping.
  1368. For example, if you have a 5.1 source and want a stereo audio stream by
  1369. dropping the extra channels:
  1370. @example
  1371. pan="stereo| c0=FL | c1=FR"
  1372. @end example
  1373. Given the same source, you can also switch front left and front right channels
  1374. and keep the input channel layout:
  1375. @example
  1376. pan="5.1| c0=c1 | c1=c0 | c2=c2 | c3=c3 | c4=c4 | c5=c5"
  1377. @end example
  1378. If the input is a stereo audio stream, you can mute the front left channel (and
  1379. still keep the stereo channel layout) with:
  1380. @example
  1381. pan="stereo|c1=c1"
  1382. @end example
  1383. Still with a stereo audio stream input, you can copy the right channel in both
  1384. front left and right:
  1385. @example
  1386. pan="stereo| c0=FR | c1=FR"
  1387. @end example
  1388. @section replaygain
  1389. ReplayGain scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as an input and
  1390. outputs it unchanged.
  1391. At end of filtering it displays @code{track_gain} and @code{track_peak}.
  1392. @section resample
  1393. Convert the audio sample format, sample rate and channel layout. It is
  1394. not meant to be used directly.
  1395. @section silencedetect
  1396. Detect silence in an audio stream.
  1397. This filter logs a message when it detects that the input audio volume is less
  1398. or equal to a noise tolerance value for a duration greater or equal to the
  1399. minimum detected noise duration.
  1400. The printed times and duration are expressed in seconds.
  1401. The filter accepts the following options:
  1402. @table @option
  1403. @item duration, d
  1404. Set silence duration until notification (default is 2 seconds).
  1405. @item noise, n
  1406. Set noise tolerance. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the
  1407. specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default is -60dB, or 0.001.
  1408. @end table
  1409. @subsection Examples
  1410. @itemize
  1411. @item
  1412. Detect 5 seconds of silence with -50dB noise tolerance:
  1413. @example
  1414. silencedetect=n=-50dB:d=5
  1415. @end example
  1416. @item
  1417. Complete example with @command{ffmpeg} to detect silence with 0.0001 noise
  1418. tolerance in @file{silence.mp3}:
  1419. @example
  1420. ffmpeg -i silence.mp3 -af silencedetect=noise=0.0001 -f null -
  1421. @end example
  1422. @end itemize
  1423. @section silenceremove
  1424. Remove silence from the beginning, middle or end of the audio.
  1425. The filter accepts the following options:
  1426. @table @option
  1427. @item start_periods
  1428. This value is used to indicate if audio should be trimmed at beginning of
  1429. the audio. A value of zero indicates no silence should be trimmed from the
  1430. beginning. When specifying a non-zero value, it trims audio up until it
  1431. finds non-silence. Normally, when trimming silence from beginning of audio
  1432. the @var{start_periods} will be @code{1} but it can be increased to higher
  1433. values to trim all audio up to specific count of non-silence periods.
  1434. Default value is @code{0}.
  1435. @item start_duration
  1436. Specify the amount of time that non-silence must be detected before it stops
  1437. trimming audio. By increasing the duration, bursts of noises can be treated
  1438. as silence and trimmed off. Default value is @code{0}.
  1439. @item start_threshold
  1440. This indicates what sample value should be treated as silence. For digital
  1441. audio, a value of @code{0} may be fine but for audio recorded from analog,
  1442. you may wish to increase the value to account for background noise.
  1443. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the specified value)
  1444. or amplitude ratio. Default value is @code{0}.
  1445. @item stop_periods
  1446. Set the count for trimming silence from the end of audio.
  1447. To remove silence from the middle of a file, specify a @var{stop_periods}
  1448. that is negative. This value is then treated as a positive value and is
  1449. used to indicate the effect should restart processing as specified by
  1450. @var{start_periods}, making it suitable for removing periods of silence
  1451. in the middle of the audio.
  1452. Default value is @code{0}.
  1453. @item stop_duration
  1454. Specify a duration of silence that must exist before audio is not copied any
  1455. more. By specifying a higher duration, silence that is wanted can be left in
  1456. the audio.
  1457. Default value is @code{0}.
  1458. @item stop_threshold
  1459. This is the same as @option{start_threshold} but for trimming silence from
  1460. the end of audio.
  1461. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the specified value)
  1462. or amplitude ratio. Default value is @code{0}.
  1463. @item leave_silence
  1464. This indicate that @var{stop_duration} length of audio should be left intact
  1465. at the beginning of each period of silence.
  1466. For example, if you want to remove long pauses between words but do not want
  1467. to remove the pauses completely. Default value is @code{0}.
  1468. @end table
  1469. @subsection Examples
  1470. @itemize
  1471. @item
  1472. The following example shows how this filter can be used to start a recording
  1473. that does not contain the delay at the start which usually occurs between
  1474. pressing the record button and the start of the performance:
  1475. @example
  1476. silenceremove=1:5:0.02
  1477. @end example
  1478. @end itemize
  1479. @section treble
  1480. Boost or cut treble (upper) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole
  1481. shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard
  1482. hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ).
  1483. The filter accepts the following options:
  1484. @table @option
  1485. @item gain, g
  1486. Give the gain at whichever is the lower of ~22 kHz and the
  1487. Nyquist frequency. Its useful range is about -20 (for a large cut)
  1488. to +20 (for a large boost). Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
  1489. @item frequency, f
  1490. Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used
  1491. to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut.
  1492. The default value is @code{3000} Hz.
  1493. @item width_type
  1494. Set method to specify band-width of filter.
  1495. @table @option
  1496. @item h
  1497. Hz
  1498. @item q
  1499. Q-Factor
  1500. @item o
  1501. octave
  1502. @item s
  1503. slope
  1504. @end table
  1505. @item width, w
  1506. Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.
  1507. @end table
  1508. @section volume
  1509. Adjust the input audio volume.
  1510. It accepts the following parameters:
  1511. @table @option
  1512. @item volume
  1513. Set audio volume expression.
  1514. Output values are clipped to the maximum value.
  1515. The output audio volume is given by the relation:
  1516. @example
  1517. @var{output_volume} = @var{volume} * @var{input_volume}
  1518. @end example
  1519. The default value for @var{volume} is "1.0".
  1520. @item precision
  1521. This parameter represents the mathematical precision.
  1522. It determines which input sample formats will be allowed, which affects the
  1523. precision of the volume scaling.
  1524. @table @option
  1525. @item fixed
  1526. 8-bit fixed-point; this limits input sample format to U8, S16, and S32.
  1527. @item float
  1528. 32-bit floating-point; this limits input sample format to FLT. (default)
  1529. @item double
  1530. 64-bit floating-point; this limits input sample format to DBL.
  1531. @end table
  1532. @item replaygain
  1533. Choose the behaviour on encountering ReplayGain side data in input frames.
  1534. @table @option
  1535. @item drop
  1536. Remove ReplayGain side data, ignoring its contents (the default).
  1537. @item ignore
  1538. Ignore ReplayGain side data, but leave it in the frame.
  1539. @item track
  1540. Prefer the track gain, if present.
  1541. @item album
  1542. Prefer the album gain, if present.
  1543. @end table
  1544. @item replaygain_preamp
  1545. Pre-amplification gain in dB to apply to the selected replaygain gain.
  1546. Default value for @var{replaygain_preamp} is 0.0.
  1547. @item eval
  1548. Set when the volume expression is evaluated.
  1549. It accepts the following values:
  1550. @table @samp
  1551. @item once
  1552. only evaluate expression once during the filter initialization, or
  1553. when the @samp{volume} command is sent
  1554. @item frame
  1555. evaluate expression for each incoming frame
  1556. @end table
  1557. Default value is @samp{once}.
  1558. @end table
  1559. The volume expression can contain the following parameters.
  1560. @table @option
  1561. @item n
  1562. frame number (starting at zero)
  1563. @item nb_channels
  1564. number of channels
  1565. @item nb_consumed_samples
  1566. number of samples consumed by the filter
  1567. @item nb_samples
  1568. number of samples in the current frame
  1569. @item pos
  1570. original frame position in the file
  1571. @item pts
  1572. frame PTS
  1573. @item sample_rate
  1574. sample rate
  1575. @item startpts
  1576. PTS at start of stream
  1577. @item startt
  1578. time at start of stream
  1579. @item t
  1580. frame time
  1581. @item tb
  1582. timestamp timebase
  1583. @item volume
  1584. last set volume value
  1585. @end table
  1586. Note that when @option{eval} is set to @samp{once} only the
  1587. @var{sample_rate} and @var{tb} variables are available, all other
  1588. variables will evaluate to NAN.
  1589. @subsection Commands
  1590. This filter supports the following commands:
  1591. @table @option
  1592. @item volume
  1593. Modify the volume expression.
  1594. The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
  1595. If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
  1596. value.
  1597. @item replaygain_noclip
  1598. Prevent clipping by limiting the gain applied.
  1599. Default value for @var{replaygain_noclip} is 1.
  1600. @end table
  1601. @subsection Examples
  1602. @itemize
  1603. @item
  1604. Halve the input audio volume:
  1605. @example
  1606. volume=volume=0.5
  1607. volume=volume=1/2
  1608. volume=volume=-6.0206dB
  1609. @end example
  1610. In all the above example the named key for @option{volume} can be
  1611. omitted, for example like in:
  1612. @example
  1613. volume=0.5
  1614. @end example
  1615. @item
  1616. Increase input audio power by 6 decibels using fixed-point precision:
  1617. @example
  1618. volume=volume=6dB:precision=fixed
  1619. @end example
  1620. @item
  1621. Fade volume after time 10 with an annihilation period of 5 seconds:
  1622. @example
  1623. volume='if(lt(t,10),1,max(1-(t-10)/5,0))':eval=frame
  1624. @end example
  1625. @end itemize
  1626. @section volumedetect
  1627. Detect the volume of the input video.
  1628. The filter has no parameters. The input is not modified. Statistics about
  1629. the volume will be printed in the log when the input stream end is reached.
  1630. In particular it will show the mean volume (root mean square), maximum
  1631. volume (on a per-sample basis), and the beginning of a histogram of the
  1632. registered volume values (from the maximum value to a cumulated 1/1000 of
  1633. the samples).
  1634. All volumes are in decibels relative to the maximum PCM value.
  1635. @subsection Examples
  1636. Here is an excerpt of the output:
  1637. @example
  1638. [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] mean_volume: -27 dB
  1639. [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] max_volume: -4 dB
  1640. [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_4db: 6
  1641. [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_5db: 62
  1642. [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_6db: 286
  1643. [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_7db: 1042
  1644. [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_8db: 2551
  1645. [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_9db: 4609
  1646. [Parsed_volumedetect_0 @ 0xa23120] histogram_10db: 8409
  1647. @end example
  1648. It means that:
  1649. @itemize
  1650. @item
  1651. The mean square energy is approximately -27 dB, or 10^-2.7.
  1652. @item
  1653. The largest sample is at -4 dB, or more precisely between -4 dB and -5 dB.
  1654. @item
  1655. There are 6 samples at -4 dB, 62 at -5 dB, 286 at -6 dB, etc.
  1656. @end itemize
  1657. In other words, raising the volume by +4 dB does not cause any clipping,
  1658. raising it by +5 dB causes clipping for 6 samples, etc.
  1659. @c man end AUDIO FILTERS
  1660. @chapter Audio Sources
  1661. @c man begin AUDIO SOURCES
  1662. Below is a description of the currently available audio sources.
  1663. @section abuffer
  1664. Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
  1665. This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular
  1666. through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h}.
  1667. It accepts the following parameters:
  1668. @table @option
  1669. @item time_base
  1670. The timebase which will be used for timestamps of submitted frames. It must be
  1671. either a floating-point number or in @var{numerator}/@var{denominator} form.
  1672. @item sample_rate
  1673. The sample rate of the incoming audio buffers.
  1674. @item sample_fmt
  1675. The sample format of the incoming audio buffers.
  1676. Either a sample format name or its corresponding integer representation from
  1677. the enum AVSampleFormat in @file{libavutil/samplefmt.h}
  1678. @item channel_layout
  1679. The channel layout of the incoming audio buffers.
  1680. Either a channel layout name from channel_layout_map in
  1681. @file{libavutil/channel_layout.c} or its corresponding integer representation
  1682. from the AV_CH_LAYOUT_* macros in @file{libavutil/channel_layout.h}
  1683. @item channels
  1684. The number of channels of the incoming audio buffers.
  1685. If both @var{channels} and @var{channel_layout} are specified, then they
  1686. must be consistent.
  1687. @end table
  1688. @subsection Examples
  1689. @example
  1690. abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=s16p:channel_layout=stereo
  1691. @end example
  1692. will instruct the source to accept planar 16bit signed stereo at 44100Hz.
  1693. Since the sample format with name "s16p" corresponds to the number
  1694. 6 and the "stereo" channel layout corresponds to the value 0x3, this is
  1695. equivalent to:
  1696. @example
  1697. abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=6:channel_layout=0x3
  1698. @end example
  1699. @section aevalsrc
  1700. Generate an audio signal specified by an expression.
  1701. This source accepts in input one or more expressions (one for each
  1702. channel), which are evaluated and used to generate a corresponding
  1703. audio signal.
  1704. This source accepts the following options:
  1705. @table @option
  1706. @item exprs
  1707. Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. In case the
  1708. @option{channel_layout} option is not specified, the selected channel layout
  1709. depends on the number of provided expressions. Otherwise the last
  1710. specified expression is applied to the remaining output channels.
  1711. @item channel_layout, c
  1712. Set the channel layout. The number of channels in the specified layout
  1713. must be equal to the number of specified expressions.
  1714. @item duration, d
  1715. Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See
  1716. @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
  1717. for the accepted syntax.
  1718. Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified
  1719. duration, as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a
  1720. complete frame.
  1721. If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is
  1722. supposed to be generated forever.
  1723. @item nb_samples, n
  1724. Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame,
  1725. default to 1024.
  1726. @item sample_rate, s
  1727. Specify the sample rate, default to 44100.
  1728. @end table
  1729. Each expression in @var{exprs} can contain the following constants:
  1730. @table @option
  1731. @item n
  1732. number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
  1733. @item t
  1734. time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds, starting from 0
  1735. @item s
  1736. sample rate
  1737. @end table
  1738. @subsection Examples
  1739. @itemize
  1740. @item
  1741. Generate silence:
  1742. @example
  1743. aevalsrc=0
  1744. @end example
  1745. @item
  1746. Generate a sin signal with frequency of 440 Hz, set sample rate to
  1747. 8000 Hz:
  1748. @example
  1749. aevalsrc="sin(440*2*PI*t):s=8000"
  1750. @end example
  1751. @item
  1752. Generate a two channels signal, specify the channel layout (Front
  1753. Center + Back Center) explicitly:
  1754. @example
  1755. aevalsrc="sin(420*2*PI*t)|cos(430*2*PI*t):c=FC|BC"
  1756. @end example
  1757. @item
  1758. Generate white noise:
  1759. @example
  1760. aevalsrc="-2+random(0)"
  1761. @end example
  1762. @item
  1763. Generate an amplitude modulated signal:
  1764. @example
  1765. aevalsrc="sin(10*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t)"
  1766. @end example
  1767. @item
  1768. Generate 2.5 Hz binaural beats on a 360 Hz carrier:
  1769. @example
  1770. aevalsrc="0.1*sin(2*PI*(360-2.5/2)*t) | 0.1*sin(2*PI*(360+2.5/2)*t)"
  1771. @end example
  1772. @end itemize
  1773. @section anullsrc
  1774. The null audio source, return unprocessed audio frames. It is mainly useful
  1775. as a template and to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as
  1776. the source for filters which ignore the input data (for example the sox
  1777. synth filter).
  1778. This source accepts the following options:
  1779. @table @option
  1780. @item channel_layout, cl
  1781. Specifies the channel layout, and can be either an integer or a string
  1782. representing a channel layout. The default value of @var{channel_layout}
  1783. is "stereo".
  1784. Check the channel_layout_map definition in
  1785. @file{libavutil/channel_layout.c} for the mapping between strings and
  1786. channel layout values.
  1787. @item sample_rate, r
  1788. Specifies the sample rate, and defaults to 44100.
  1789. @item nb_samples, n
  1790. Set the number of samples per requested frames.
  1791. @end table
  1792. @subsection Examples
  1793. @itemize
  1794. @item
  1795. Set the sample rate to 48000 Hz and the channel layout to AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO.
  1796. @example
  1797. anullsrc=r=48000:cl=4
  1798. @end example
  1799. @item
  1800. Do the same operation with a more obvious syntax:
  1801. @example
  1802. anullsrc=r=48000:cl=mono
  1803. @end example
  1804. @end itemize
  1805. All the parameters need to be explicitly defined.
  1806. @section flite
  1807. Synthesize a voice utterance using the libflite library.
  1808. To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
  1809. @code{--enable-libflite}.
  1810. Note that the flite library is not thread-safe.
  1811. The filter accepts the following options:
  1812. @table @option
  1813. @item list_voices
  1814. If set to 1, list the names of the available voices and exit
  1815. immediately. Default value is 0.
  1816. @item nb_samples, n
  1817. Set the maximum number of samples per frame. Default value is 512.
  1818. @item textfile
  1819. Set the filename containing the text to speak.
  1820. @item text
  1821. Set the text to speak.
  1822. @item voice, v
  1823. Set the voice to use for the speech synthesis. Default value is
  1824. @code{kal}. See also the @var{list_voices} option.
  1825. @end table
  1826. @subsection Examples
  1827. @itemize
  1828. @item
  1829. Read from file @file{speech.txt}, and synthesize the text using the
  1830. standard flite voice:
  1831. @example
  1832. flite=textfile=speech.txt
  1833. @end example
  1834. @item
  1835. Read the specified text selecting the @code{slt} voice:
  1836. @example
  1837. flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt
  1838. @end example
  1839. @item
  1840. Input text to ffmpeg:
  1841. @example
  1842. ffmpeg -f lavfi -i flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt
  1843. @end example
  1844. @item
  1845. Make @file{ffplay} speak the specified text, using @code{flite} and
  1846. the @code{lavfi} device:
  1847. @example
  1848. ffplay -f lavfi flite=text='No more be grieved for which that thou hast done.'
  1849. @end example
  1850. @end itemize
  1851. For more information about libflite, check:
  1852. @url{http://www.speech.cs.cmu.edu/flite/}
  1853. @section sine
  1854. Generate an audio signal made of a sine wave with amplitude 1/8.
  1855. The audio signal is bit-exact.
  1856. The filter accepts the following options:
  1857. @table @option
  1858. @item frequency, f
  1859. Set the carrier frequency. Default is 440 Hz.
  1860. @item beep_factor, b
  1861. Enable a periodic beep every second with frequency @var{beep_factor} times
  1862. the carrier frequency. Default is 0, meaning the beep is disabled.
  1863. @item sample_rate, r
  1864. Specify the sample rate, default is 44100.
  1865. @item duration, d
  1866. Specify the duration of the generated audio stream.
  1867. @item samples_per_frame
  1868. Set the number of samples per output frame, default is 1024.
  1869. @end table
  1870. @subsection Examples
  1871. @itemize
  1872. @item
  1873. Generate a simple 440 Hz sine wave:
  1874. @example
  1875. sine
  1876. @end example
  1877. @item
  1878. Generate a 220 Hz sine wave with a 880 Hz beep each second, for 5 seconds:
  1879. @example
  1880. sine=220:4:d=5
  1881. sine=f=220:b=4:d=5
  1882. sine=frequency=220:beep_factor=4:duration=5
  1883. @end example
  1884. @end itemize
  1885. @c man end AUDIO SOURCES
  1886. @chapter Audio Sinks
  1887. @c man begin AUDIO SINKS
  1888. Below is a description of the currently available audio sinks.
  1889. @section abuffersink
  1890. Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the end of filter chain.
  1891. This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular
  1892. through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/buffersink.h}
  1893. or the options system.
  1894. It accepts a pointer to an AVABufferSinkContext structure, which
  1895. defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque
  1896. parameter to @code{avfilter_init_filter} for initialization.
  1897. @section anullsink
  1898. Null audio sink; do absolutely nothing with the input audio. It is
  1899. mainly useful as a template and for use in analysis / debugging
  1900. tools.
  1901. @c man end AUDIO SINKS
  1902. @chapter Video Filters
  1903. @c man begin VIDEO FILTERS
  1904. When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the
  1905. existing filters using @code{--disable-filters}.
  1906. The configure output will show the video filters included in your
  1907. build.
  1908. Below is a description of the currently available video filters.
  1909. @section alphaextract
  1910. Extract the alpha component from the input as a grayscale video. This
  1911. is especially useful with the @var{alphamerge} filter.
  1912. @section alphamerge
  1913. Add or replace the alpha component of the primary input with the
  1914. grayscale value of a second input. This is intended for use with
  1915. @var{alphaextract} to allow the transmission or storage of frame
  1916. sequences that have alpha in a format that doesn't support an alpha
  1917. channel.
  1918. For example, to reconstruct full frames from a normal YUV-encoded video
  1919. and a separate video created with @var{alphaextract}, you might use:
  1920. @example
  1921. movie=in_alpha.mkv [alpha]; [in][alpha] alphamerge [out]
  1922. @end example
  1923. Since this filter is designed for reconstruction, it operates on frame
  1924. sequences without considering timestamps, and terminates when either
  1925. input reaches end of stream. This will cause problems if your encoding
  1926. pipeline drops frames. If you're trying to apply an image as an
  1927. overlay to a video stream, consider the @var{overlay} filter instead.
  1928. @section ass
  1929. Same as the @ref{subtitles} filter, except that it doesn't require libavcodec
  1930. and libavformat to work. On the other hand, it is limited to ASS (Advanced
  1931. Substation Alpha) subtitles files.
  1932. This filter accepts the following option in addition to the common options from
  1933. the @ref{subtitles} filter:
  1934. @table @option
  1935. @item shaping
  1936. Set the shaping engine
  1937. Available values are:
  1938. @table @samp
  1939. @item auto
  1940. The default libass shaping engine, which is the best available.
  1941. @item simple
  1942. Fast, font-agnostic shaper that can do only substitutions
  1943. @item complex
  1944. Slower shaper using OpenType for substitutions and positioning
  1945. @end table
  1946. The default is @code{auto}.
  1947. @end table
  1948. @section bbox
  1949. Compute the bounding box for the non-black pixels in the input frame
  1950. luminance plane.
  1951. This filter computes the bounding box containing all the pixels with a
  1952. luminance value greater than the minimum allowed value.
  1953. The parameters describing the bounding box are printed on the filter
  1954. log.
  1955. The filter accepts the following option:
  1956. @table @option
  1957. @item min_val
  1958. Set the minimal luminance value. Default is @code{16}.
  1959. @end table
  1960. @section blackdetect
  1961. Detect video intervals that are (almost) completely black. Can be
  1962. useful to detect chapter transitions, commercials, or invalid
  1963. recordings. Output lines contains the time for the start, end and
  1964. duration of the detected black interval expressed in seconds.
  1965. In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at
  1966. least to the AV_LOG_INFO value.
  1967. The filter accepts the following options:
  1968. @table @option
  1969. @item black_min_duration, d
  1970. Set the minimum detected black duration expressed in seconds. It must
  1971. be a non-negative floating point number.
  1972. Default value is 2.0.
  1973. @item picture_black_ratio_th, pic_th
  1974. Set the threshold for considering a picture "black".
  1975. Express the minimum value for the ratio:
  1976. @example
  1977. @var{nb_black_pixels} / @var{nb_pixels}
  1978. @end example
  1979. for which a picture is considered black.
  1980. Default value is 0.98.
  1981. @item pixel_black_th, pix_th
  1982. Set the threshold for considering a pixel "black".
  1983. The threshold expresses the maximum pixel luminance value for which a
  1984. pixel is considered "black". The provided value is scaled according to
  1985. the following equation:
  1986. @example
  1987. @var{absolute_threshold} = @var{luminance_minimum_value} + @var{pixel_black_th} * @var{luminance_range_size}
  1988. @end example
  1989. @var{luminance_range_size} and @var{luminance_minimum_value} depend on
  1990. the input video format, the range is [0-255] for YUV full-range
  1991. formats and [16-235] for YUV non full-range formats.
  1992. Default value is 0.10.
  1993. @end table
  1994. The following example sets the maximum pixel threshold to the minimum
  1995. value, and detects only black intervals of 2 or more seconds:
  1996. @example
  1997. blackdetect=d=2:pix_th=0.00
  1998. @end example
  1999. @section blackframe
  2000. Detect frames that are (almost) completely black. Can be useful to
  2001. detect chapter transitions or commercials. Output lines consist of
  2002. the frame number of the detected frame, the percentage of blackness,
  2003. the position in the file if known or -1 and the timestamp in seconds.
  2004. In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at
  2005. least to the AV_LOG_INFO value.
  2006. It accepts the following parameters:
  2007. @table @option
  2008. @item amount
  2009. The percentage of the pixels that have to be below the threshold; it defaults to
  2010. @code{98}.
  2011. @item threshold, thresh
  2012. The threshold below which a pixel value is considered black; it defaults to
  2013. @code{32}.
  2014. @end table
  2015. @section blend, tblend
  2016. Blend two video frames into each other.
  2017. The @code{blend} filter takes two input streams and outputs one
  2018. stream, the first input is the "top" layer and second input is
  2019. "bottom" layer. Output terminates when shortest input terminates.
  2020. The @code{tblend} (time blend) filter takes two consecutive frames
  2021. from one single stream, and outputs the result obtained by blending
  2022. the new frame on top of the old frame.
  2023. A description of the accepted options follows.
  2024. @table @option
  2025. @item c0_mode
  2026. @item c1_mode
  2027. @item c2_mode
  2028. @item c3_mode
  2029. @item all_mode
  2030. Set blend mode for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
  2031. of @var{all_mode}. Default value is @code{normal}.
  2032. Available values for component modes are:
  2033. @table @samp
  2034. @item addition
  2035. @item and
  2036. @item average
  2037. @item burn
  2038. @item darken
  2039. @item difference
  2040. @item difference128
  2041. @item divide
  2042. @item dodge
  2043. @item exclusion
  2044. @item hardlight
  2045. @item lighten
  2046. @item multiply
  2047. @item negation
  2048. @item normal
  2049. @item or
  2050. @item overlay
  2051. @item phoenix
  2052. @item pinlight
  2053. @item reflect
  2054. @item screen
  2055. @item softlight
  2056. @item subtract
  2057. @item vividlight
  2058. @item xor
  2059. @end table
  2060. @item c0_opacity
  2061. @item c1_opacity
  2062. @item c2_opacity
  2063. @item c3_opacity
  2064. @item all_opacity
  2065. Set blend opacity for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
  2066. of @var{all_opacity}. Only used in combination with pixel component blend modes.
  2067. @item c0_expr
  2068. @item c1_expr
  2069. @item c2_expr
  2070. @item c3_expr
  2071. @item all_expr
  2072. Set blend expression for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
  2073. of @var{all_expr}. Note that related mode options will be ignored if those are set.
  2074. The expressions can use the following variables:
  2075. @table @option
  2076. @item N
  2077. The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from @code{0}.
  2078. @item X
  2079. @item Y
  2080. the coordinates of the current sample
  2081. @item W
  2082. @item H
  2083. the width and height of currently filtered plane
  2084. @item SW
  2085. @item SH
  2086. Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the
  2087. ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current
  2088. plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are @code{1,1} for the luma plane, and
  2089. @code{0.5,0.5} for chroma planes.
  2090. @item T
  2091. Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
  2092. @item TOP, A
  2093. Value of pixel component at current location for first video frame (top layer).
  2094. @item BOTTOM, B
  2095. Value of pixel component at current location for second video frame (bottom layer).
  2096. @end table
  2097. @item shortest
  2098. Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is
  2099. @code{0}. This option is only defined for the @code{blend} filter.
  2100. @item repeatlast
  2101. Continue applying the last bottom frame after the end of the stream. A value of
  2102. @code{0} disable the filter after the last frame of the bottom layer is reached.
  2103. Default is @code{1}. This option is only defined for the @code{blend} filter.
  2104. @end table
  2105. @subsection Examples
  2106. @itemize
  2107. @item
  2108. Apply transition from bottom layer to top layer in first 10 seconds:
  2109. @example
  2110. blend=all_expr='A*(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10))+B*(1-(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10)))'
  2111. @end example
  2112. @item
  2113. Apply 1x1 checkerboard effect:
  2114. @example
  2115. blend=all_expr='if(eq(mod(X,2),mod(Y,2)),A,B)'
  2116. @end example
  2117. @item
  2118. Apply uncover left effect:
  2119. @example
  2120. blend=all_expr='if(gte(N*SW+X,W),A,B)'
  2121. @end example
  2122. @item
  2123. Apply uncover down effect:
  2124. @example
  2125. blend=all_expr='if(gte(Y-N*SH,0),A,B)'
  2126. @end example
  2127. @item
  2128. Apply uncover up-left effect:
  2129. @example
  2130. blend=all_expr='if(gte(T*SH*40+Y,H)*gte((T*40*SW+X)*W/H,W),A,B)'
  2131. @end example
  2132. @item
  2133. Display differences between the current and the previous frame:
  2134. @example
  2135. tblend=all_mode=difference128
  2136. @end example
  2137. @end itemize
  2138. @section boxblur
  2139. Apply a boxblur algorithm to the input video.
  2140. It accepts the following parameters:
  2141. @table @option
  2142. @item luma_radius, lr
  2143. @item luma_power, lp
  2144. @item chroma_radius, cr
  2145. @item chroma_power, cp
  2146. @item alpha_radius, ar
  2147. @item alpha_power, ap
  2148. @end table
  2149. A description of the accepted options follows.
  2150. @table @option
  2151. @item luma_radius, lr
  2152. @item chroma_radius, cr
  2153. @item alpha_radius, ar
  2154. Set an expression for the box radius in pixels used for blurring the
  2155. corresponding input plane.
  2156. The radius value must be a non-negative number, and must not be
  2157. greater than the value of the expression @code{min(w,h)/2} for the
  2158. luma and alpha planes, and of @code{min(cw,ch)/2} for the chroma
  2159. planes.
  2160. Default value for @option{luma_radius} is "2". If not specified,
  2161. @option{chroma_radius} and @option{alpha_radius} default to the
  2162. corresponding value set for @option{luma_radius}.
  2163. The expressions can contain the following constants:
  2164. @table @option
  2165. @item w
  2166. @item h
  2167. The input width and height in pixels.
  2168. @item cw
  2169. @item ch
  2170. The input chroma image width and height in pixels.
  2171. @item hsub
  2172. @item vsub
  2173. The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the
  2174. pixel format "yuv422p", @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
  2175. @end table
  2176. @item luma_power, lp
  2177. @item chroma_power, cp
  2178. @item alpha_power, ap
  2179. Specify how many times the boxblur filter is applied to the
  2180. corresponding plane.
  2181. Default value for @option{luma_power} is 2. If not specified,
  2182. @option{chroma_power} and @option{alpha_power} default to the
  2183. corresponding value set for @option{luma_power}.
  2184. A value of 0 will disable the effect.
  2185. @end table
  2186. @subsection Examples
  2187. @itemize
  2188. @item
  2189. Apply a boxblur filter with the luma, chroma, and alpha radii
  2190. set to 2:
  2191. @example
  2192. boxblur=luma_radius=2:luma_power=1
  2193. boxblur=2:1
  2194. @end example
  2195. @item
  2196. Set the luma radius to 2, and alpha and chroma radius to 0:
  2197. @example
  2198. boxblur=2:1:cr=0:ar=0
  2199. @end example
  2200. @item
  2201. Set the luma and chroma radii to a fraction of the video dimension:
  2202. @example
  2203. boxblur=luma_radius=min(h\,w)/10:luma_power=1:chroma_radius=min(cw\,ch)/10:chroma_power=1
  2204. @end example
  2205. @end itemize
  2206. @section codecview
  2207. Visualize information exported by some codecs.
  2208. Some codecs can export information through frames using side-data or other
  2209. means. For example, some MPEG based codecs export motion vectors through the
  2210. @var{export_mvs} flag in the codec @option{flags2} option.
  2211. The filter accepts the following option:
  2212. @table @option
  2213. @item mv
  2214. Set motion vectors to visualize.
  2215. Available flags for @var{mv} are:
  2216. @table @samp
  2217. @item pf
  2218. forward predicted MVs of P-frames
  2219. @item bf
  2220. forward predicted MVs of B-frames
  2221. @item bb
  2222. backward predicted MVs of B-frames
  2223. @end table
  2224. @end table
  2225. @subsection Examples
  2226. @itemize
  2227. @item
  2228. Visualizes multi-directionals MVs from P and B-Frames using @command{ffplay}:
  2229. @example
  2230. ffplay -flags2 +export_mvs input.mpg -vf codecview=mv=pf+bf+bb
  2231. @end example
  2232. @end itemize
  2233. @section colorbalance
  2234. Modify intensity of primary colors (red, green and blue) of input frames.
  2235. The filter allows an input frame to be adjusted in the shadows, midtones or highlights
  2236. regions for the red-cyan, green-magenta or blue-yellow balance.
  2237. A positive adjustment value shifts the balance towards the primary color, a negative
  2238. value towards the complementary color.
  2239. The filter accepts the following options:
  2240. @table @option
  2241. @item rs
  2242. @item gs
  2243. @item bs
  2244. Adjust red, green and blue shadows (darkest pixels).
  2245. @item rm
  2246. @item gm
  2247. @item bm
  2248. Adjust red, green and blue midtones (medium pixels).
  2249. @item rh
  2250. @item gh
  2251. @item bh
  2252. Adjust red, green and blue highlights (brightest pixels).
  2253. Allowed ranges for options are @code{[-1.0, 1.0]}. Defaults are @code{0}.
  2254. @end table
  2255. @subsection Examples
  2256. @itemize
  2257. @item
  2258. Add red color cast to shadows:
  2259. @example
  2260. colorbalance=rs=.3
  2261. @end example
  2262. @end itemize
  2263. @section colorlevels
  2264. Adjust video input frames using levels.
  2265. The filter accepts the following options:
  2266. @table @option
  2267. @item rimin
  2268. @item gimin
  2269. @item bimin
  2270. @item aimin
  2271. Adjust red, green, blue and alpha input black point.
  2272. Allowed ranges for options are @code{[-1.0, 1.0]}. Defaults are @code{0}.
  2273. @item rimax
  2274. @item gimax
  2275. @item bimax
  2276. @item aimax
  2277. Adjust red, green, blue and alpha input white point.
  2278. Allowed ranges for options are @code{[-1.0, 1.0]}. Defaults are @code{1}.
  2279. Input levels are used to lighten highlights (bright tones), darken shadows
  2280. (dark tones), change the balance of bright and dark tones.
  2281. @item romin
  2282. @item gomin
  2283. @item bomin
  2284. @item aomin
  2285. Adjust red, green, blue and alpha output black point.
  2286. Allowed ranges for options are @code{[0, 1.0]}. Defaults are @code{0}.
  2287. @item romax
  2288. @item gomax
  2289. @item bomax
  2290. @item aomax
  2291. Adjust red, green, blue and alpha output white point.
  2292. Allowed ranges for options are @code{[0, 1.0]}. Defaults are @code{1}.
  2293. Output levels allows manual selection of a constrained output level range.
  2294. @end table
  2295. @subsection Examples
  2296. @itemize
  2297. @item
  2298. Make video output darker:
  2299. @example
  2300. colorlevels=rimin=0.058:gimin=0.058:bimin=0.058
  2301. @end example
  2302. @item
  2303. Increase contrast:
  2304. @example
  2305. colorlevels=rimin=0.039:gimin=0.039:bimin=0.039:rimax=0.96:gimax=0.96:bimax=0.96
  2306. @end example
  2307. @item
  2308. Make video output lighter:
  2309. @example
  2310. colorlevels=rimax=0.902:gimax=0.902:bimax=0.902
  2311. @end example
  2312. @item
  2313. Increase brightness:
  2314. @example
  2315. colorlevels=romin=0.5:gomin=0.5:bomin=0.5
  2316. @end example
  2317. @end itemize
  2318. @section colorchannelmixer
  2319. Adjust video input frames by re-mixing color channels.
  2320. This filter modifies a color channel by adding the values associated to
  2321. the other channels of the same pixels. For example if the value to
  2322. modify is red, the output value will be:
  2323. @example
  2324. @var{red}=@var{red}*@var{rr} + @var{blue}*@var{rb} + @var{green}*@var{rg} + @var{alpha}*@var{ra}
  2325. @end example
  2326. The filter accepts the following options:
  2327. @table @option
  2328. @item rr
  2329. @item rg
  2330. @item rb
  2331. @item ra
  2332. Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output red channel.
  2333. Default is @code{1} for @var{rr}, and @code{0} for @var{rg}, @var{rb} and @var{ra}.
  2334. @item gr
  2335. @item gg
  2336. @item gb
  2337. @item ga
  2338. Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output green channel.
  2339. Default is @code{1} for @var{gg}, and @code{0} for @var{gr}, @var{gb} and @var{ga}.
  2340. @item br
  2341. @item bg
  2342. @item bb
  2343. @item ba
  2344. Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output blue channel.
  2345. Default is @code{1} for @var{bb}, and @code{0} for @var{br}, @var{bg} and @var{ba}.
  2346. @item ar
  2347. @item ag
  2348. @item ab
  2349. @item aa
  2350. Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output alpha channel.
  2351. Default is @code{1} for @var{aa}, and @code{0} for @var{ar}, @var{ag} and @var{ab}.
  2352. Allowed ranges for options are @code{[-2.0, 2.0]}.
  2353. @end table
  2354. @subsection Examples
  2355. @itemize
  2356. @item
  2357. Convert source to grayscale:
  2358. @example
  2359. colorchannelmixer=.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3
  2360. @end example
  2361. @item
  2362. Simulate sepia tones:
  2363. @example
  2364. colorchannelmixer=.393:.769:.189:0:.349:.686:.168:0:.272:.534:.131
  2365. @end example
  2366. @end itemize
  2367. @section colormatrix
  2368. Convert color matrix.
  2369. The filter accepts the following options:
  2370. @table @option
  2371. @item src
  2372. @item dst
  2373. Specify the source and destination color matrix. Both values must be
  2374. specified.
  2375. The accepted values are:
  2376. @table @samp
  2377. @item bt709
  2378. BT.709
  2379. @item bt601
  2380. BT.601
  2381. @item smpte240m
  2382. SMPTE-240M
  2383. @item fcc
  2384. FCC
  2385. @end table
  2386. @end table
  2387. For example to convert from BT.601 to SMPTE-240M, use the command:
  2388. @example
  2389. colormatrix=bt601:smpte240m
  2390. @end example
  2391. @section copy
  2392. Copy the input source unchanged to the output. This is mainly useful for
  2393. testing purposes.
  2394. @section crop
  2395. Crop the input video to given dimensions.
  2396. It accepts the following parameters:
  2397. @table @option
  2398. @item w, out_w
  2399. The width of the output video. It defaults to @code{iw}.
  2400. This expression is evaluated only once during the filter
  2401. configuration.
  2402. @item h, out_h
  2403. The height of the output video. It defaults to @code{ih}.
  2404. This expression is evaluated only once during the filter
  2405. configuration.
  2406. @item x
  2407. The horizontal position, in the input video, of the left edge of the output
  2408. video. It defaults to @code{(in_w-out_w)/2}.
  2409. This expression is evaluated per-frame.
  2410. @item y
  2411. The vertical position, in the input video, of the top edge of the output video.
  2412. It defaults to @code{(in_h-out_h)/2}.
  2413. This expression is evaluated per-frame.
  2414. @item keep_aspect
  2415. If set to 1 will force the output display aspect ratio
  2416. to be the same of the input, by changing the output sample aspect
  2417. ratio. It defaults to 0.
  2418. @end table
  2419. The @var{out_w}, @var{out_h}, @var{x}, @var{y} parameters are
  2420. expressions containing the following constants:
  2421. @table @option
  2422. @item x
  2423. @item y
  2424. The computed values for @var{x} and @var{y}. They are evaluated for
  2425. each new frame.
  2426. @item in_w
  2427. @item in_h
  2428. The input width and height.
  2429. @item iw
  2430. @item ih
  2431. These are the same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h}.
  2432. @item out_w
  2433. @item out_h
  2434. The output (cropped) width and height.
  2435. @item ow
  2436. @item oh
  2437. These are the same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}.
  2438. @item a
  2439. same as @var{iw} / @var{ih}
  2440. @item sar
  2441. input sample aspect ratio
  2442. @item dar
  2443. input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{iw} / @var{ih}) * @var{sar}
  2444. @item hsub
  2445. @item vsub
  2446. horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
  2447. pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
  2448. @item n
  2449. The number of the input frame, starting from 0.
  2450. @item pos
  2451. the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
  2452. @item t
  2453. The timestamp expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.
  2454. @end table
  2455. The expression for @var{out_w} may depend on the value of @var{out_h},
  2456. and the expression for @var{out_h} may depend on @var{out_w}, but they
  2457. cannot depend on @var{x} and @var{y}, as @var{x} and @var{y} are
  2458. evaluated after @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}.
  2459. The @var{x} and @var{y} parameters specify the expressions for the
  2460. position of the top-left corner of the output (non-cropped) area. They
  2461. are evaluated for each frame. If the evaluated value is not valid, it
  2462. is approximated to the nearest valid value.
  2463. The expression for @var{x} may depend on @var{y}, and the expression
  2464. for @var{y} may depend on @var{x}.
  2465. @subsection Examples
  2466. @itemize
  2467. @item
  2468. Crop area with size 100x100 at position (12,34).
  2469. @example
  2470. crop=100:100:12:34
  2471. @end example
  2472. Using named options, the example above becomes:
  2473. @example
  2474. crop=w=100:h=100:x=12:y=34
  2475. @end example
  2476. @item
  2477. Crop the central input area with size 100x100:
  2478. @example
  2479. crop=100:100
  2480. @end example
  2481. @item
  2482. Crop the central input area with size 2/3 of the input video:
  2483. @example
  2484. crop=2/3*in_w:2/3*in_h
  2485. @end example
  2486. @item
  2487. Crop the input video central square:
  2488. @example
  2489. crop=out_w=in_h
  2490. crop=in_h
  2491. @end example
  2492. @item
  2493. Delimit the rectangle with the top-left corner placed at position
  2494. 100:100 and the right-bottom corner corresponding to the right-bottom
  2495. corner of the input image.
  2496. @example
  2497. crop=in_w-100:in_h-100:100:100
  2498. @end example
  2499. @item
  2500. Crop 10 pixels from the left and right borders, and 20 pixels from
  2501. the top and bottom borders
  2502. @example
  2503. crop=in_w-2*10:in_h-2*20
  2504. @end example
  2505. @item
  2506. Keep only the bottom right quarter of the input image:
  2507. @example
  2508. crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:in_w/2:in_h/2
  2509. @end example
  2510. @item
  2511. Crop height for getting Greek harmony:
  2512. @example
  2513. crop=in_w:1/PHI*in_w
  2514. @end example
  2515. @item
  2516. Apply trembling effect:
  2517. @example
  2518. crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(n/10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(n/7)
  2519. @end example
  2520. @item
  2521. Apply erratic camera effect depending on timestamp:
  2522. @example
  2523. crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(t*10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(t*13)"
  2524. @end example
  2525. @item
  2526. Set x depending on the value of y:
  2527. @example
  2528. crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:y:10+10*sin(n/10)
  2529. @end example
  2530. @end itemize
  2531. @section cropdetect
  2532. Auto-detect the crop size.
  2533. It calculates the necessary cropping parameters and prints the
  2534. recommended parameters via the logging system. The detected dimensions
  2535. correspond to the non-black area of the input video.
  2536. It accepts the following parameters:
  2537. @table @option
  2538. @item limit
  2539. Set higher black value threshold, which can be optionally specified
  2540. from nothing (0) to everything (255 for 8bit based formats). An intensity
  2541. value greater to the set value is considered non-black. It defaults to 24.
  2542. You can also specify a value between 0.0 and 1.0 which will be scaled depending
  2543. on the bitdepth of the pixel format.
  2544. @item round
  2545. The value which the width/height should be divisible by. It defaults to
  2546. 16. The offset is automatically adjusted to center the video. Use 2 to
  2547. get only even dimensions (needed for 4:2:2 video). 16 is best when
  2548. encoding to most video codecs.
  2549. @item reset_count, reset
  2550. Set the counter that determines after how many frames cropdetect will
  2551. reset the previously detected largest video area and start over to
  2552. detect the current optimal crop area. Default value is 0.
  2553. This can be useful when channel logos distort the video area. 0
  2554. indicates 'never reset', and returns the largest area encountered during
  2555. playback.
  2556. @end table
  2557. @anchor{curves}
  2558. @section curves
  2559. Apply color adjustments using curves.
  2560. This filter is similar to the Adobe Photoshop and GIMP curves tools. Each
  2561. component (red, green and blue) has its values defined by @var{N} key points
  2562. tied from each other using a smooth curve. The x-axis represents the pixel
  2563. values from the input frame, and the y-axis the new pixel values to be set for
  2564. the output frame.
  2565. By default, a component curve is defined by the two points @var{(0;0)} and
  2566. @var{(1;1)}. This creates a straight line where each original pixel value is
  2567. "adjusted" to its own value, which means no change to the image.
  2568. The filter allows you to redefine these two points and add some more. A new
  2569. curve (using a natural cubic spline interpolation) will be define to pass
  2570. smoothly through all these new coordinates. The new defined points needs to be
  2571. strictly increasing over the x-axis, and their @var{x} and @var{y} values must
  2572. be in the @var{[0;1]} interval. If the computed curves happened to go outside
  2573. the vector spaces, the values will be clipped accordingly.
  2574. If there is no key point defined in @code{x=0}, the filter will automatically
  2575. insert a @var{(0;0)} point. In the same way, if there is no key point defined
  2576. in @code{x=1}, the filter will automatically insert a @var{(1;1)} point.
  2577. The filter accepts the following options:
  2578. @table @option
  2579. @item preset
  2580. Select one of the available color presets. This option can be used in addition
  2581. to the @option{r}, @option{g}, @option{b} parameters; in this case, the later
  2582. options takes priority on the preset values.
  2583. Available presets are:
  2584. @table @samp
  2585. @item none
  2586. @item color_negative
  2587. @item cross_process
  2588. @item darker
  2589. @item increase_contrast
  2590. @item lighter
  2591. @item linear_contrast
  2592. @item medium_contrast
  2593. @item negative
  2594. @item strong_contrast
  2595. @item vintage
  2596. @end table
  2597. Default is @code{none}.
  2598. @item master, m
  2599. Set the master key points. These points will define a second pass mapping. It
  2600. is sometimes called a "luminance" or "value" mapping. It can be used with
  2601. @option{r}, @option{g}, @option{b} or @option{all} since it acts like a
  2602. post-processing LUT.
  2603. @item red, r
  2604. Set the key points for the red component.
  2605. @item green, g
  2606. Set the key points for the green component.
  2607. @item blue, b
  2608. Set the key points for the blue component.
  2609. @item all
  2610. Set the key points for all components (not including master).
  2611. Can be used in addition to the other key points component
  2612. options. In this case, the unset component(s) will fallback on this
  2613. @option{all} setting.
  2614. @item psfile
  2615. Specify a Photoshop curves file (@code{.asv}) to import the settings from.
  2616. @end table
  2617. To avoid some filtergraph syntax conflicts, each key points list need to be
  2618. defined using the following syntax: @code{x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ...}.
  2619. @subsection Examples
  2620. @itemize
  2621. @item
  2622. Increase slightly the middle level of blue:
  2623. @example
  2624. curves=blue='0.5/0.58'
  2625. @end example
  2626. @item
  2627. Vintage effect:
  2628. @example
  2629. curves=r='0/0.11 .42/.51 1/0.95':g='0.50/0.48':b='0/0.22 .49/.44 1/0.8'
  2630. @end example
  2631. Here we obtain the following coordinates for each components:
  2632. @table @var
  2633. @item red
  2634. @code{(0;0.11) (0.42;0.51) (1;0.95)}
  2635. @item green
  2636. @code{(0;0) (0.50;0.48) (1;1)}
  2637. @item blue
  2638. @code{(0;0.22) (0.49;0.44) (1;0.80)}
  2639. @end table
  2640. @item
  2641. The previous example can also be achieved with the associated built-in preset:
  2642. @example
  2643. curves=preset=vintage
  2644. @end example
  2645. @item
  2646. Or simply:
  2647. @example
  2648. curves=vintage
  2649. @end example
  2650. @item
  2651. Use a Photoshop preset and redefine the points of the green component:
  2652. @example
  2653. curves=psfile='MyCurvesPresets/purple.asv':green='0.45/0.53'
  2654. @end example
  2655. @end itemize
  2656. @section dctdnoiz
  2657. Denoise frames using 2D DCT (frequency domain filtering).
  2658. This filter is not designed for real time.
  2659. The filter accepts the following options:
  2660. @table @option
  2661. @item sigma, s
  2662. Set the noise sigma constant.
  2663. This @var{sigma} defines a hard threshold of @code{3 * sigma}; every DCT
  2664. coefficient (absolute value) below this threshold with be dropped.
  2665. If you need a more advanced filtering, see @option{expr}.
  2666. Default is @code{0}.
  2667. @item overlap
  2668. Set number overlapping pixels for each block. Since the filter can be slow, you
  2669. may want to reduce this value, at the cost of a less effective filter and the
  2670. risk of various artefacts.
  2671. If the overlapping value doesn't allow to process the whole input width or
  2672. height, a warning will be displayed and according borders won't be denoised.
  2673. Default value is @var{blocksize}-1, which is the best possible setting.
  2674. @item expr, e
  2675. Set the coefficient factor expression.
  2676. For each coefficient of a DCT block, this expression will be evaluated as a
  2677. multiplier value for the coefficient.
  2678. If this is option is set, the @option{sigma} option will be ignored.
  2679. The absolute value of the coefficient can be accessed through the @var{c}
  2680. variable.
  2681. @item n
  2682. Set the @var{blocksize} using the number of bits. @code{1<<@var{n}} defines the
  2683. @var{blocksize}, which is the width and height of the processed blocks.
  2684. The default value is @var{3} (8x8) and can be raised to @var{4} for a
  2685. @var{blocksize} of 16x16. Note that changing this setting has huge consequences
  2686. on the speed processing. Also, a larger block size does not necessarily means a
  2687. better de-noising.
  2688. @end table
  2689. @subsection Examples
  2690. Apply a denoise with a @option{sigma} of @code{4.5}:
  2691. @example
  2692. dctdnoiz=4.5
  2693. @end example
  2694. The same operation can be achieved using the expression system:
  2695. @example
  2696. dctdnoiz=e='gte(c, 4.5*3)'
  2697. @end example
  2698. Violent denoise using a block size of @code{16x16}:
  2699. @example
  2700. dctdnoiz=15:n=4
  2701. @end example
  2702. @anchor{decimate}
  2703. @section decimate
  2704. Drop duplicated frames at regular intervals.
  2705. The filter accepts the following options:
  2706. @table @option
  2707. @item cycle
  2708. Set the number of frames from which one will be dropped. Setting this to
  2709. @var{N} means one frame in every batch of @var{N} frames will be dropped.
  2710. Default is @code{5}.
  2711. @item dupthresh
  2712. Set the threshold for duplicate detection. If the difference metric for a frame
  2713. is less than or equal to this value, then it is declared as duplicate. Default
  2714. is @code{1.1}
  2715. @item scthresh
  2716. Set scene change threshold. Default is @code{15}.
  2717. @item blockx
  2718. @item blocky
  2719. Set the size of the x and y-axis blocks used during metric calculations.
  2720. Larger blocks give better noise suppression, but also give worse detection of
  2721. small movements. Must be a power of two. Default is @code{32}.
  2722. @item ppsrc
  2723. Mark main input as a pre-processed input and activate clean source input
  2724. stream. This allows the input to be pre-processed with various filters to help
  2725. the metrics calculation while keeping the frame selection lossless. When set to
  2726. @code{1}, the first stream is for the pre-processed input, and the second
  2727. stream is the clean source from where the kept frames are chosen. Default is
  2728. @code{0}.
  2729. @item chroma
  2730. Set whether or not chroma is considered in the metric calculations. Default is
  2731. @code{1}.
  2732. @end table
  2733. @section dejudder
  2734. Remove judder produced by partially interlaced telecined content.
  2735. Judder can be introduced, for instance, by @ref{pullup} filter. If the original
  2736. source was partially telecined content then the output of @code{pullup,dejudder}
  2737. will have a variable frame rate. May change the recorded frame rate of the
  2738. container. Aside from that change, this filter will not affect constant frame
  2739. rate video.
  2740. The option available in this filter is:
  2741. @table @option
  2742. @item cycle
  2743. Specify the length of the window over which the judder repeats.
  2744. Accepts any integer greater than 1. Useful values are:
  2745. @table @samp
  2746. @item 4
  2747. If the original was telecined from 24 to 30 fps (Film to NTSC).
  2748. @item 5
  2749. If the original was telecined from 25 to 30 fps (PAL to NTSC).
  2750. @item 20
  2751. If a mixture of the two.
  2752. @end table
  2753. The default is @samp{4}.
  2754. @end table
  2755. @section delogo
  2756. Suppress a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the surrounding
  2757. pixels. Just set a rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear
  2758. (and sometimes something even uglier appear - your mileage may vary).
  2759. It accepts the following parameters:
  2760. @table @option
  2761. @item x
  2762. @item y
  2763. Specify the top left corner coordinates of the logo. They must be
  2764. specified.
  2765. @item w
  2766. @item h
  2767. Specify the width and height of the logo to clear. They must be
  2768. specified.
  2769. @item band, t
  2770. Specify the thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to
  2771. @var{w} and @var{h}). The default value is 4.
  2772. @item show
  2773. When set to 1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to simplify
  2774. finding the right @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, and @var{h} parameters.
  2775. The default value is 0.
  2776. The rectangle is drawn on the outermost pixels which will be (partly)
  2777. replaced with interpolated values. The values of the next pixels
  2778. immediately outside this rectangle in each direction will be used to
  2779. compute the interpolated pixel values inside the rectangle.
  2780. @end table
  2781. @subsection Examples
  2782. @itemize
  2783. @item
  2784. Set a rectangle covering the area with top left corner coordinates 0,0
  2785. and size 100x77, and a band of size 10:
  2786. @example
  2787. delogo=x=0:y=0:w=100:h=77:band=10
  2788. @end example
  2789. @end itemize
  2790. @section deshake
  2791. Attempt to fix small changes in horizontal and/or vertical shift. This
  2792. filter helps remove camera shake from hand-holding a camera, bumping a
  2793. tripod, moving on a vehicle, etc.
  2794. The filter accepts the following options:
  2795. @table @option
  2796. @item x
  2797. @item y
  2798. @item w
  2799. @item h
  2800. Specify a rectangular area where to limit the search for motion
  2801. vectors.
  2802. If desired the search for motion vectors can be limited to a
  2803. rectangular area of the frame defined by its top left corner, width
  2804. and height. These parameters have the same meaning as the drawbox
  2805. filter which can be used to visualise the position of the bounding
  2806. box.
  2807. This is useful when simultaneous movement of subjects within the frame
  2808. might be confused for camera motion by the motion vector search.
  2809. If any or all of @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} are set to -1
  2810. then the full frame is used. This allows later options to be set
  2811. without specifying the bounding box for the motion vector search.
  2812. Default - search the whole frame.
  2813. @item rx
  2814. @item ry
  2815. Specify the maximum extent of movement in x and y directions in the
  2816. range 0-64 pixels. Default 16.
  2817. @item edge
  2818. Specify how to generate pixels to fill blanks at the edge of the
  2819. frame. Available values are:
  2820. @table @samp
  2821. @item blank, 0
  2822. Fill zeroes at blank locations
  2823. @item original, 1
  2824. Original image at blank locations
  2825. @item clamp, 2
  2826. Extruded edge value at blank locations
  2827. @item mirror, 3
  2828. Mirrored edge at blank locations
  2829. @end table
  2830. Default value is @samp{mirror}.
  2831. @item blocksize
  2832. Specify the blocksize to use for motion search. Range 4-128 pixels,
  2833. default 8.
  2834. @item contrast
  2835. Specify the contrast threshold for blocks. Only blocks with more than
  2836. the specified contrast (difference between darkest and lightest
  2837. pixels) will be considered. Range 1-255, default 125.
  2838. @item search
  2839. Specify the search strategy. Available values are:
  2840. @table @samp
  2841. @item exhaustive, 0
  2842. Set exhaustive search
  2843. @item less, 1
  2844. Set less exhaustive search.
  2845. @end table
  2846. Default value is @samp{exhaustive}.
  2847. @item filename
  2848. If set then a detailed log of the motion search is written to the
  2849. specified file.
  2850. @item opencl
  2851. If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if
  2852. FFmpeg was configured with @code{--enable-opencl}. Default value is 0.
  2853. @end table
  2854. @section drawbox
  2855. Draw a colored box on the input image.
  2856. It accepts the following parameters:
  2857. @table @option
  2858. @item x
  2859. @item y
  2860. The expressions which specify the top left corner coordinates of the box. It defaults to 0.
  2861. @item width, w
  2862. @item height, h
  2863. The expressions which specify the width and height of the box; if 0 they are interpreted as
  2864. the input width and height. It defaults to 0.
  2865. @item color, c
  2866. Specify the color of the box to write. For the general syntax of this option,
  2867. check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special
  2868. value @code{invert} is used, the box edge color is the same as the
  2869. video with inverted luma.
  2870. @item thickness, t
  2871. The expression which sets the thickness of the box edge. Default value is @code{3}.
  2872. See below for the list of accepted constants.
  2873. @end table
  2874. The parameters for @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} and @var{t} are expressions containing the
  2875. following constants:
  2876. @table @option
  2877. @item dar
  2878. The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}.
  2879. @item hsub
  2880. @item vsub
  2881. horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
  2882. pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
  2883. @item in_h, ih
  2884. @item in_w, iw
  2885. The input width and height.
  2886. @item sar
  2887. The input sample aspect ratio.
  2888. @item x
  2889. @item y
  2890. The x and y offset coordinates where the box is drawn.
  2891. @item w
  2892. @item h
  2893. The width and height of the drawn box.
  2894. @item t
  2895. The thickness of the drawn box.
  2896. These constants allow the @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, @var{h} and @var{t} expressions to refer to
  2897. each other, so you may for example specify @code{y=x/dar} or @code{h=w/dar}.
  2898. @end table
  2899. @subsection Examples
  2900. @itemize
  2901. @item
  2902. Draw a black box around the edge of the input image:
  2903. @example
  2904. drawbox
  2905. @end example
  2906. @item
  2907. Draw a box with color red and an opacity of 50%:
  2908. @example
  2909. drawbox=10:20:200:60:red@@0.5
  2910. @end example
  2911. The previous example can be specified as:
  2912. @example
  2913. drawbox=x=10:y=20:w=200:h=60:color=red@@0.5
  2914. @end example
  2915. @item
  2916. Fill the box with pink color:
  2917. @example
  2918. drawbox=x=10:y=10:w=100:h=100:color=pink@@0.5:t=max
  2919. @end example
  2920. @item
  2921. Draw a 2-pixel red 2.40:1 mask:
  2922. @example
  2923. drawbox=x=-t:y=0.5*(ih-iw/2.4)-t:w=iw+t*2:h=iw/2.4+t*2:t=2:c=red
  2924. @end example
  2925. @end itemize
  2926. @section drawgrid
  2927. Draw a grid on the input image.
  2928. It accepts the following parameters:
  2929. @table @option
  2930. @item x
  2931. @item y
  2932. The expressions which specify the coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset). Both default to 0.
  2933. @item width, w
  2934. @item height, h
  2935. The expressions which specify the width and height of the grid cell, if 0 they are interpreted as the
  2936. input width and height, respectively, minus @code{thickness}, so image gets
  2937. framed. Default to 0.
  2938. @item color, c
  2939. Specify the color of the grid. For the general syntax of this option,
  2940. check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special
  2941. value @code{invert} is used, the grid color is the same as the
  2942. video with inverted luma.
  2943. @item thickness, t
  2944. The expression which sets the thickness of the grid line. Default value is @code{1}.
  2945. See below for the list of accepted constants.
  2946. @end table
  2947. The parameters for @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w} and @var{h} and @var{t} are expressions containing the
  2948. following constants:
  2949. @table @option
  2950. @item dar
  2951. The input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}.
  2952. @item hsub
  2953. @item vsub
  2954. horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
  2955. pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
  2956. @item in_h, ih
  2957. @item in_w, iw
  2958. The input grid cell width and height.
  2959. @item sar
  2960. The input sample aspect ratio.
  2961. @item x
  2962. @item y
  2963. The x and y coordinates of some point of grid intersection (meant to configure offset).
  2964. @item w
  2965. @item h
  2966. The width and height of the drawn cell.
  2967. @item t
  2968. The thickness of the drawn cell.
  2969. These constants allow the @var{x}, @var{y}, @var{w}, @var{h} and @var{t} expressions to refer to
  2970. each other, so you may for example specify @code{y=x/dar} or @code{h=w/dar}.
  2971. @end table
  2972. @subsection Examples
  2973. @itemize
  2974. @item
  2975. Draw a grid with cell 100x100 pixels, thickness 2 pixels, with color red and an opacity of 50%:
  2976. @example
  2977. drawgrid=width=100:height=100:thickness=2:color=red@@0.5
  2978. @end example
  2979. @item
  2980. Draw a white 3x3 grid with an opacity of 50%:
  2981. @example
  2982. drawgrid=w=iw/3:h=ih/3:t=2:c=white@@0.5
  2983. @end example
  2984. @end itemize
  2985. @anchor{drawtext}
  2986. @section drawtext
  2987. Draw a text string or text from a specified file on top of a video, using the
  2988. libfreetype library.
  2989. To enable compilation of this filter, you need to configure FFmpeg with
  2990. @code{--enable-libfreetype}.
  2991. To enable default font fallback and the @var{font} option you need to
  2992. configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libfontconfig}.
  2993. To enable the @var{text_shaping} option, you need to configure FFmpeg with
  2994. @code{--enable-libfribidi}.
  2995. @subsection Syntax
  2996. It accepts the following parameters:
  2997. @table @option
  2998. @item box
  2999. Used to draw a box around text using the background color.
  3000. The value must be either 1 (enable) or 0 (disable).
  3001. The default value of @var{box} is 0.
  3002. @item boxcolor
  3003. The color to be used for drawing box around text. For the syntax of this
  3004. option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
  3005. The default value of @var{boxcolor} is "white".
  3006. @item borderw
  3007. Set the width of the border to be drawn around the text using @var{bordercolor}.
  3008. The default value of @var{borderw} is 0.
  3009. @item bordercolor
  3010. Set the color to be used for drawing border around text. For the syntax of this
  3011. option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
  3012. The default value of @var{bordercolor} is "black".
  3013. @item expansion
  3014. Select how the @var{text} is expanded. Can be either @code{none},
  3015. @code{strftime} (deprecated) or
  3016. @code{normal} (default). See the @ref{drawtext_expansion, Text expansion} section
  3017. below for details.
  3018. @item fix_bounds
  3019. If true, check and fix text coords to avoid clipping.
  3020. @item fontcolor
  3021. The color to be used for drawing fonts. For the syntax of this option, check
  3022. the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
  3023. The default value of @var{fontcolor} is "black".
  3024. @item fontcolor_expr
  3025. String which is expanded the same way as @var{text} to obtain dynamic
  3026. @var{fontcolor} value. By default this option has empty value and is not
  3027. processed. When this option is set, it overrides @var{fontcolor} option.
  3028. @item font
  3029. The font family to be used for drawing text. By default Sans.
  3030. @item fontfile
  3031. The font file to be used for drawing text. The path must be included.
  3032. This parameter is mandatory if the fontconfig support is disabled.
  3033. @item fontsize
  3034. The font size to be used for drawing text.
  3035. The default value of @var{fontsize} is 16.
  3036. @item text_shaping
  3037. If set to 1, attempt to shape the text (for example, reverse the order of
  3038. right-to-left text and join Arabic characters) before drawing it.
  3039. Otherwise, just draw the text exactly as given.
  3040. By default 1 (if supported).
  3041. @item ft_load_flags
  3042. The flags to be used for loading the fonts.
  3043. The flags map the corresponding flags supported by libfreetype, and are
  3044. a combination of the following values:
  3045. @table @var
  3046. @item default
  3047. @item no_scale
  3048. @item no_hinting
  3049. @item render
  3050. @item no_bitmap
  3051. @item vertical_layout
  3052. @item force_autohint
  3053. @item crop_bitmap
  3054. @item pedantic
  3055. @item ignore_global_advance_width
  3056. @item no_recurse
  3057. @item ignore_transform
  3058. @item monochrome
  3059. @item linear_design
  3060. @item no_autohint
  3061. @end table
  3062. Default value is "default".
  3063. For more information consult the documentation for the FT_LOAD_*
  3064. libfreetype flags.
  3065. @item shadowcolor
  3066. The color to be used for drawing a shadow behind the drawn text. For the
  3067. syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
  3068. The default value of @var{shadowcolor} is "black".
  3069. @item shadowx
  3070. @item shadowy
  3071. The x and y offsets for the text shadow position with respect to the
  3072. position of the text. They can be either positive or negative
  3073. values. The default value for both is "0".
  3074. @item start_number
  3075. The starting frame number for the n/frame_num variable. The default value
  3076. is "0".
  3077. @item tabsize
  3078. The size in number of spaces to use for rendering the tab.
  3079. Default value is 4.
  3080. @item timecode
  3081. Set the initial timecode representation in "hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff"
  3082. format. It can be used with or without text parameter. @var{timecode_rate}
  3083. option must be specified.
  3084. @item timecode_rate, rate, r
  3085. Set the timecode frame rate (timecode only).
  3086. @item text
  3087. The text string to be drawn. The text must be a sequence of UTF-8
  3088. encoded characters.
  3089. This parameter is mandatory if no file is specified with the parameter
  3090. @var{textfile}.
  3091. @item textfile
  3092. A text file containing text to be drawn. The text must be a sequence
  3093. of UTF-8 encoded characters.
  3094. This parameter is mandatory if no text string is specified with the
  3095. parameter @var{text}.
  3096. If both @var{text} and @var{textfile} are specified, an error is thrown.
  3097. @item reload
  3098. If set to 1, the @var{textfile} will be reloaded before each frame.
  3099. Be sure to update it atomically, or it may be read partially, or even fail.
  3100. @item x
  3101. @item y
  3102. The expressions which specify the offsets where text will be drawn
  3103. within the video frame. They are relative to the top/left border of the
  3104. output image.
  3105. The default value of @var{x} and @var{y} is "0".
  3106. See below for the list of accepted constants and functions.
  3107. @end table
  3108. The parameters for @var{x} and @var{y} are expressions containing the
  3109. following constants and functions:
  3110. @table @option
  3111. @item dar
  3112. input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}
  3113. @item hsub
  3114. @item vsub
  3115. horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
  3116. pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
  3117. @item line_h, lh
  3118. the height of each text line
  3119. @item main_h, h, H
  3120. the input height
  3121. @item main_w, w, W
  3122. the input width
  3123. @item max_glyph_a, ascent
  3124. the maximum distance from the baseline to the highest/upper grid
  3125. coordinate used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered
  3126. glyphs.
  3127. It is a positive value, due to the grid's orientation with the Y axis
  3128. upwards.
  3129. @item max_glyph_d, descent
  3130. the maximum distance from the baseline to the lowest grid coordinate
  3131. used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered glyphs.
  3132. This is a negative value, due to the grid's orientation, with the Y axis
  3133. upwards.
  3134. @item max_glyph_h
  3135. maximum glyph height, that is the maximum height for all the glyphs
  3136. contained in the rendered text, it is equivalent to @var{ascent} -
  3137. @var{descent}.
  3138. @item max_glyph_w
  3139. maximum glyph width, that is the maximum width for all the glyphs
  3140. contained in the rendered text
  3141. @item n
  3142. the number of input frame, starting from 0
  3143. @item rand(min, max)
  3144. return a random number included between @var{min} and @var{max}
  3145. @item sar
  3146. The input sample aspect ratio.
  3147. @item t
  3148. timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
  3149. @item text_h, th
  3150. the height of the rendered text
  3151. @item text_w, tw
  3152. the width of the rendered text
  3153. @item x
  3154. @item y
  3155. the x and y offset coordinates where the text is drawn.
  3156. These parameters allow the @var{x} and @var{y} expressions to refer
  3157. each other, so you can for example specify @code{y=x/dar}.
  3158. @end table
  3159. @anchor{drawtext_expansion}
  3160. @subsection Text expansion
  3161. If @option{expansion} is set to @code{strftime},
  3162. the filter recognizes strftime() sequences in the provided text and
  3163. expands them accordingly. Check the documentation of strftime(). This
  3164. feature is deprecated.
  3165. If @option{expansion} is set to @code{none}, the text is printed verbatim.
  3166. If @option{expansion} is set to @code{normal} (which is the default),
  3167. the following expansion mechanism is used.
  3168. The backslash character '\', followed by any character, always expands to
  3169. the second character.
  3170. Sequence of the form @code{%@{...@}} are expanded. The text between the
  3171. braces is a function name, possibly followed by arguments separated by ':'.
  3172. If the arguments contain special characters or delimiters (':' or '@}'),
  3173. they should be escaped.
  3174. Note that they probably must also be escaped as the value for the
  3175. @option{text} option in the filter argument string and as the filter
  3176. argument in the filtergraph description, and possibly also for the shell,
  3177. that makes up to four levels of escaping; using a text file avoids these
  3178. problems.
  3179. The following functions are available:
  3180. @table @command
  3181. @item expr, e
  3182. The expression evaluation result.
  3183. It must take one argument specifying the expression to be evaluated,
  3184. which accepts the same constants and functions as the @var{x} and
  3185. @var{y} values. Note that not all constants should be used, for
  3186. example the text size is not known when evaluating the expression, so
  3187. the constants @var{text_w} and @var{text_h} will have an undefined
  3188. value.
  3189. @item expr_int_format, eif
  3190. Evaluate the expression's value and output as formatted integer.
  3191. The first argument is the expression to be evaluated, just as for the @var{expr} function.
  3192. The second argument specifies the output format. Allowed values are 'x', 'X', 'd' and
  3193. 'u'. They are treated exactly as in the printf function.
  3194. The third parameter is optional and sets the number of positions taken by the output.
  3195. It can be used to add padding with zeros from the left.
  3196. @item gmtime
  3197. The time at which the filter is running, expressed in UTC.
  3198. It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
  3199. @item localtime
  3200. The time at which the filter is running, expressed in the local time zone.
  3201. It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
  3202. @item metadata
  3203. Frame metadata. It must take one argument specifying metadata key.
  3204. @item n, frame_num
  3205. The frame number, starting from 0.
  3206. @item pict_type
  3207. A 1 character description of the current picture type.
  3208. @item pts
  3209. The timestamp of the current frame.
  3210. It can take up to two arguments.
  3211. The first argument is the format of the timestamp; it defaults to @code{flt}
  3212. for seconds as a decimal number with microsecond accuracy; @code{hms} stands
  3213. for a formatted @var{[-]HH:MM:SS.mmm} timestamp with millisecond accuracy.
  3214. The second argument is an offset added to the timestamp.
  3215. @end table
  3216. @subsection Examples
  3217. @itemize
  3218. @item
  3219. Draw "Test Text" with font FreeSerif, using the default values for the
  3220. optional parameters.
  3221. @example
  3222. drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text'"
  3223. @end example
  3224. @item
  3225. Draw 'Test Text' with font FreeSerif of size 24 at position x=100
  3226. and y=50 (counting from the top-left corner of the screen), text is
  3227. yellow with a red box around it. Both the text and the box have an
  3228. opacity of 20%.
  3229. @example
  3230. drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text':\
  3231. x=100: y=50: fontsize=24: fontcolor=yellow@@0.2: box=1: boxcolor=red@@0.2"
  3232. @end example
  3233. Note that the double quotes are not necessary if spaces are not used
  3234. within the parameter list.
  3235. @item
  3236. Show the text at the center of the video frame:
  3237. @example
  3238. drawtext="fontsize=30:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='hello world':x=(w-text_w)/2:y=(h-text_h-line_h)/2"
  3239. @end example
  3240. @item
  3241. Show a text line sliding from right to left in the last row of the video
  3242. frame. The file @file{LONG_LINE} is assumed to contain a single line
  3243. with no newlines.
  3244. @example
  3245. drawtext="fontsize=15:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=LONG_LINE:y=h-line_h:x=-50*t"
  3246. @end example
  3247. @item
  3248. Show the content of file @file{CREDITS} off the bottom of the frame and scroll up.
  3249. @example
  3250. drawtext="fontsize=20:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=CREDITS:y=h-20*t"
  3251. @end example
  3252. @item
  3253. Draw a single green letter "g", at the center of the input video.
  3254. The glyph baseline is placed at half screen height.
  3255. @example
  3256. drawtext="fontsize=60:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=green:text=g:x=(w-max_glyph_w)/2:y=h/2-ascent"
  3257. @end example
  3258. @item
  3259. Show text for 1 second every 3 seconds:
  3260. @example
  3261. drawtext="fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=white:x=100:y=x/dar:enable=lt(mod(t\,3)\,1):text='blink'"
  3262. @end example
  3263. @item
  3264. Use fontconfig to set the font. Note that the colons need to be escaped.
  3265. @example
  3266. drawtext='fontfile=Linux Libertine O-40\:style=Semibold:text=FFmpeg'
  3267. @end example
  3268. @item
  3269. Print the date of a real-time encoding (see strftime(3)):
  3270. @example
  3271. drawtext='fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=%@{localtime\:%a %b %d %Y@}'
  3272. @end example
  3273. @item
  3274. Show text fading in and out (appearing/disappearing):
  3275. @example
  3276. #!/bin/sh
  3277. DS=1.0 # display start
  3278. DE=10.0 # display end
  3279. FID=1.5 # fade in duration
  3280. FOD=5 # fade out duration
  3281. ffplay -f lavfi "color,drawtext=text=TEST:fontsize=50:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor_expr=ff0000%@{eif\\\\: clip(255*(1*between(t\\, $DS + $FID\\, $DE - $FOD) + ((t - $DS)/$FID)*between(t\\, $DS\\, $DS + $FID) + (-(t - $DE)/$FOD)*between(t\\, $DE - $FOD\\, $DE) )\\, 0\\, 255) \\\\: x\\\\: 2 @}"
  3282. @end example
  3283. @end itemize
  3284. For more information about libfreetype, check:
  3285. @url{http://www.freetype.org/}.
  3286. For more information about fontconfig, check:
  3287. @url{http://freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig/fontconfig-user.html}.
  3288. For more information about libfribidi, check:
  3289. @url{http://fribidi.org/}.
  3290. @section edgedetect
  3291. Detect and draw edges. The filter uses the Canny Edge Detection algorithm.
  3292. The filter accepts the following options:
  3293. @table @option
  3294. @item low
  3295. @item high
  3296. Set low and high threshold values used by the Canny thresholding
  3297. algorithm.
  3298. The high threshold selects the "strong" edge pixels, which are then
  3299. connected through 8-connectivity with the "weak" edge pixels selected
  3300. by the low threshold.
  3301. @var{low} and @var{high} threshold values must be chosen in the range
  3302. [0,1], and @var{low} should be lesser or equal to @var{high}.
  3303. Default value for @var{low} is @code{20/255}, and default value for @var{high}
  3304. is @code{50/255}.
  3305. @item mode
  3306. Define the drawing mode.
  3307. @table @samp
  3308. @item wires
  3309. Draw white/gray wires on black background.
  3310. @item colormix
  3311. Mix the colors to create a paint/cartoon effect.
  3312. @end table
  3313. Default value is @var{wires}.
  3314. @end table
  3315. @subsection Examples
  3316. @itemize
  3317. @item
  3318. Standard edge detection with custom values for the hysteresis thresholding:
  3319. @example
  3320. edgedetect=low=0.1:high=0.4
  3321. @end example
  3322. @item
  3323. Painting effect without thresholding:
  3324. @example
  3325. edgedetect=mode=colormix:high=0
  3326. @end example
  3327. @end itemize
  3328. @section eq
  3329. Set brightness, contrast, saturation and approximate gamma adjustment.
  3330. The filter accepts the following options:
  3331. @table @option
  3332. @item contrast
  3333. Set the contrast value. It accepts a float value in range @code{-2.0} to
  3334. @code{2.0}. The default value is @code{0.0}.
  3335. @item brightness
  3336. Set the brightness value. It accepts a float value in range @code{-1.0} to
  3337. @code{1.0}. The default value is @code{0.0}.
  3338. @item saturation
  3339. Set the saturation value. It accepts a float value in range @code{0.0} to
  3340. @code{3.0}. The default value is @code{1.0}.
  3341. @item gamma
  3342. Set the gamma value. It accepts a float value in range @code{0.1} to @code{10.0}.
  3343. The default value is @code{1.0}.
  3344. @item gamma_r
  3345. Set the gamma value for red. It accepts a float value in range
  3346. @code{0.1} to @code{10.0}. The default value is @code{1.0}.
  3347. @item gamma_g
  3348. Set the gamma value for green. It accepts a float value in range
  3349. @code{0.1} to @code{10.0}. The default value is @code{1.0}.
  3350. @item gamma_b
  3351. Set the gamma value for blue. It accepts a float value in range
  3352. @code{0.1} to @code{10.0}. The default value is @code{1.0}.
  3353. @item gamma_weight
  3354. Can be used to reduce the effect of a high gamma value on bright image areas,
  3355. e.g. keep them from getting overamplified and just plain white. It accepts a
  3356. float value in range @code{0.0} to @code{1.0}.A value of @code{0.0} turns the
  3357. gamma correction all the way down while @code{1.0} leaves it at its full strength.
  3358. Default is @code{1.0}.
  3359. @end table
  3360. @section extractplanes
  3361. Extract color channel components from input video stream into
  3362. separate grayscale video streams.
  3363. The filter accepts the following option:
  3364. @table @option
  3365. @item planes
  3366. Set plane(s) to extract.
  3367. Available values for planes are:
  3368. @table @samp
  3369. @item y
  3370. @item u
  3371. @item v
  3372. @item a
  3373. @item r
  3374. @item g
  3375. @item b
  3376. @end table
  3377. Choosing planes not available in the input will result in an error.
  3378. That means you cannot select @code{r}, @code{g}, @code{b} planes
  3379. with @code{y}, @code{u}, @code{v} planes at same time.
  3380. @end table
  3381. @subsection Examples
  3382. @itemize
  3383. @item
  3384. Extract luma, u and v color channel component from input video frame
  3385. into 3 grayscale outputs:
  3386. @example
  3387. ffmpeg -i video.avi -filter_complex 'extractplanes=y+u+v[y][u][v]' -map '[y]' y.avi -map '[u]' u.avi -map '[v]' v.avi
  3388. @end example
  3389. @end itemize
  3390. @section elbg
  3391. Apply a posterize effect using the ELBG (Enhanced LBG) algorithm.
  3392. For each input image, the filter will compute the optimal mapping from
  3393. the input to the output given the codebook length, that is the number
  3394. of distinct output colors.
  3395. This filter accepts the following options.
  3396. @table @option
  3397. @item codebook_length, l
  3398. Set codebook length. The value must be a positive integer, and
  3399. represents the number of distinct output colors. Default value is 256.
  3400. @item nb_steps, n
  3401. Set the maximum number of iterations to apply for computing the optimal
  3402. mapping. The higher the value the better the result and the higher the
  3403. computation time. Default value is 1.
  3404. @item seed, s
  3405. Set a random seed, must be an integer included between 0 and
  3406. UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly set to -1, the filter
  3407. will try to use a good random seed on a best effort basis.
  3408. @end table
  3409. @section fade
  3410. Apply a fade-in/out effect to the input video.
  3411. It accepts the following parameters:
  3412. @table @option
  3413. @item type, t
  3414. The effect type can be either "in" for a fade-in, or "out" for a fade-out
  3415. effect.
  3416. Default is @code{in}.
  3417. @item start_frame, s
  3418. Specify the number of the frame to start applying the fade
  3419. effect at. Default is 0.
  3420. @item nb_frames, n
  3421. The number of frames that the fade effect lasts. At the end of the
  3422. fade-in effect, the output video will have the same intensity as the input video.
  3423. At the end of the fade-out transition, the output video will be filled with the
  3424. selected @option{color}.
  3425. Default is 25.
  3426. @item alpha
  3427. If set to 1, fade only alpha channel, if one exists on the input.
  3428. Default value is 0.
  3429. @item start_time, st
  3430. Specify the timestamp (in seconds) of the frame to start to apply the fade
  3431. effect. If both start_frame and start_time are specified, the fade will start at
  3432. whichever comes last. Default is 0.
  3433. @item duration, d
  3434. The number of seconds for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of the
  3435. fade-in effect the output video will have the same intensity as the input video,
  3436. at the end of the fade-out transition the output video will be filled with the
  3437. selected @option{color}.
  3438. If both duration and nb_frames are specified, duration is used. Default is 0.
  3439. @item color, c
  3440. Specify the color of the fade. Default is "black".
  3441. @end table
  3442. @subsection Examples
  3443. @itemize
  3444. @item
  3445. Fade in the first 30 frames of video:
  3446. @example
  3447. fade=in:0:30
  3448. @end example
  3449. The command above is equivalent to:
  3450. @example
  3451. fade=t=in:s=0:n=30
  3452. @end example
  3453. @item
  3454. Fade out the last 45 frames of a 200-frame video:
  3455. @example
  3456. fade=out:155:45
  3457. fade=type=out:start_frame=155:nb_frames=45
  3458. @end example
  3459. @item
  3460. Fade in the first 25 frames and fade out the last 25 frames of a 1000-frame video:
  3461. @example
  3462. fade=in:0:25, fade=out:975:25
  3463. @end example
  3464. @item
  3465. Make the first 5 frames yellow, then fade in from frame 5-24:
  3466. @example
  3467. fade=in:5:20:color=yellow
  3468. @end example
  3469. @item
  3470. Fade in alpha over first 25 frames of video:
  3471. @example
  3472. fade=in:0:25:alpha=1
  3473. @end example
  3474. @item
  3475. Make the first 5.5 seconds black, then fade in for 0.5 seconds:
  3476. @example
  3477. fade=t=in:st=5.5:d=0.5
  3478. @end example
  3479. @end itemize
  3480. @section field
  3481. Extract a single field from an interlaced image using stride
  3482. arithmetic to avoid wasting CPU time. The output frames are marked as
  3483. non-interlaced.
  3484. The filter accepts the following options:
  3485. @table @option
  3486. @item type
  3487. Specify whether to extract the top (if the value is @code{0} or
  3488. @code{top}) or the bottom field (if the value is @code{1} or
  3489. @code{bottom}).
  3490. @end table
  3491. @section fieldmatch
  3492. Field matching filter for inverse telecine. It is meant to reconstruct the
  3493. progressive frames from a telecined stream. The filter does not drop duplicated
  3494. frames, so to achieve a complete inverse telecine @code{fieldmatch} needs to be
  3495. followed by a decimation filter such as @ref{decimate} in the filtergraph.
  3496. The separation of the field matching and the decimation is notably motivated by
  3497. the possibility of inserting a de-interlacing filter fallback between the two.
  3498. If the source has mixed telecined and real interlaced content,
  3499. @code{fieldmatch} will not be able to match fields for the interlaced parts.
  3500. But these remaining combed frames will be marked as interlaced, and thus can be
  3501. de-interlaced by a later filter such as @ref{yadif} before decimation.
  3502. In addition to the various configuration options, @code{fieldmatch} can take an
  3503. optional second stream, activated through the @option{ppsrc} option. If
  3504. enabled, the frames reconstruction will be based on the fields and frames from
  3505. this second stream. This allows the first input to be pre-processed in order to
  3506. help the various algorithms of the filter, while keeping the output lossless
  3507. (assuming the fields are matched properly). Typically, a field-aware denoiser,
  3508. or brightness/contrast adjustments can help.
  3509. Note that this filter uses the same algorithms as TIVTC/TFM (AviSynth project)
  3510. and VIVTC/VFM (VapourSynth project). The later is a light clone of TFM from
  3511. which @code{fieldmatch} is based on. While the semantic and usage are very
  3512. close, some behaviour and options names can differ.
  3513. The @ref{decimate} filter currently only works for constant frame rate input.
  3514. Do not use @code{fieldmatch} and @ref{decimate} if your input has mixed
  3515. telecined and progressive content with changing framerate.
  3516. The filter accepts the following options:
  3517. @table @option
  3518. @item order
  3519. Specify the assumed field order of the input stream. Available values are:
  3520. @table @samp
  3521. @item auto
  3522. Auto detect parity (use FFmpeg's internal parity value).
  3523. @item bff
  3524. Assume bottom field first.
  3525. @item tff
  3526. Assume top field first.
  3527. @end table
  3528. Note that it is sometimes recommended not to trust the parity announced by the
  3529. stream.
  3530. Default value is @var{auto}.
  3531. @item mode
  3532. Set the matching mode or strategy to use. @option{pc} mode is the safest in the
  3533. sense that it won't risk creating jerkiness due to duplicate frames when
  3534. possible, but if there are bad edits or blended fields it will end up
  3535. outputting combed frames when a good match might actually exist. On the other
  3536. hand, @option{pcn_ub} mode is the most risky in terms of creating jerkiness,
  3537. but will almost always find a good frame if there is one. The other values are
  3538. all somewhere in between @option{pc} and @option{pcn_ub} in terms of risking
  3539. jerkiness and creating duplicate frames versus finding good matches in sections
  3540. with bad edits, orphaned fields, blended fields, etc.
  3541. More details about p/c/n/u/b are available in @ref{p/c/n/u/b meaning} section.
  3542. Available values are:
  3543. @table @samp
  3544. @item pc
  3545. 2-way matching (p/c)
  3546. @item pc_n
  3547. 2-way matching, and trying 3rd match if still combed (p/c + n)
  3548. @item pc_u
  3549. 2-way matching, and trying 3rd match (same order) if still combed (p/c + u)
  3550. @item pc_n_ub
  3551. 2-way matching, trying 3rd match if still combed, and trying 4th/5th matches if
  3552. still combed (p/c + n + u/b)
  3553. @item pcn
  3554. 3-way matching (p/c/n)
  3555. @item pcn_ub
  3556. 3-way matching, and trying 4th/5th matches if all 3 of the original matches are
  3557. detected as combed (p/c/n + u/b)
  3558. @end table
  3559. The parenthesis at the end indicate the matches that would be used for that
  3560. mode assuming @option{order}=@var{tff} (and @option{field} on @var{auto} or
  3561. @var{top}).
  3562. In terms of speed @option{pc} mode is by far the fastest and @option{pcn_ub} is
  3563. the slowest.
  3564. Default value is @var{pc_n}.
  3565. @item ppsrc
  3566. Mark the main input stream as a pre-processed input, and enable the secondary
  3567. input stream as the clean source to pick the fields from. See the filter
  3568. introduction for more details. It is similar to the @option{clip2} feature from
  3569. VFM/TFM.
  3570. Default value is @code{0} (disabled).
  3571. @item field
  3572. Set the field to match from. It is recommended to set this to the same value as
  3573. @option{order} unless you experience matching failures with that setting. In
  3574. certain circumstances changing the field that is used to match from can have a
  3575. large impact on matching performance. Available values are:
  3576. @table @samp
  3577. @item auto
  3578. Automatic (same value as @option{order}).
  3579. @item bottom
  3580. Match from the bottom field.
  3581. @item top
  3582. Match from the top field.
  3583. @end table
  3584. Default value is @var{auto}.
  3585. @item mchroma
  3586. Set whether or not chroma is included during the match comparisons. In most
  3587. cases it is recommended to leave this enabled. You should set this to @code{0}
  3588. only if your clip has bad chroma problems such as heavy rainbowing or other
  3589. artifacts. Setting this to @code{0} could also be used to speed things up at
  3590. the cost of some accuracy.
  3591. Default value is @code{1}.
  3592. @item y0
  3593. @item y1
  3594. These define an exclusion band which excludes the lines between @option{y0} and
  3595. @option{y1} from being included in the field matching decision. An exclusion
  3596. band can be used to ignore subtitles, a logo, or other things that may
  3597. interfere with the matching. @option{y0} sets the starting scan line and
  3598. @option{y1} sets the ending line; all lines in between @option{y0} and
  3599. @option{y1} (including @option{y0} and @option{y1}) will be ignored. Setting
  3600. @option{y0} and @option{y1} to the same value will disable the feature.
  3601. @option{y0} and @option{y1} defaults to @code{0}.
  3602. @item scthresh
  3603. Set the scene change detection threshold as a percentage of maximum change on
  3604. the luma plane. Good values are in the @code{[8.0, 14.0]} range. Scene change
  3605. detection is only relevant in case @option{combmatch}=@var{sc}. The range for
  3606. @option{scthresh} is @code{[0.0, 100.0]}.
  3607. Default value is @code{12.0}.
  3608. @item combmatch
  3609. When @option{combatch} is not @var{none}, @code{fieldmatch} will take into
  3610. account the combed scores of matches when deciding what match to use as the
  3611. final match. Available values are:
  3612. @table @samp
  3613. @item none
  3614. No final matching based on combed scores.
  3615. @item sc
  3616. Combed scores are only used when a scene change is detected.
  3617. @item full
  3618. Use combed scores all the time.
  3619. @end table
  3620. Default is @var{sc}.
  3621. @item combdbg
  3622. Force @code{fieldmatch} to calculate the combed metrics for certain matches and
  3623. print them. This setting is known as @option{micout} in TFM/VFM vocabulary.
  3624. Available values are:
  3625. @table @samp
  3626. @item none
  3627. No forced calculation.
  3628. @item pcn
  3629. Force p/c/n calculations.
  3630. @item pcnub
  3631. Force p/c/n/u/b calculations.
  3632. @end table
  3633. Default value is @var{none}.
  3634. @item cthresh
  3635. This is the area combing threshold used for combed frame detection. This
  3636. essentially controls how "strong" or "visible" combing must be to be detected.
  3637. Larger values mean combing must be more visible and smaller values mean combing
  3638. can be less visible or strong and still be detected. Valid settings are from
  3639. @code{-1} (every pixel will be detected as combed) to @code{255} (no pixel will
  3640. be detected as combed). This is basically a pixel difference value. A good
  3641. range is @code{[8, 12]}.
  3642. Default value is @code{9}.
  3643. @item chroma
  3644. Sets whether or not chroma is considered in the combed frame decision. Only
  3645. disable this if your source has chroma problems (rainbowing, etc.) that are
  3646. causing problems for the combed frame detection with chroma enabled. Actually,
  3647. using @option{chroma}=@var{0} is usually more reliable, except for the case
  3648. where there is chroma only combing in the source.
  3649. Default value is @code{0}.
  3650. @item blockx
  3651. @item blocky
  3652. Respectively set the x-axis and y-axis size of the window used during combed
  3653. frame detection. This has to do with the size of the area in which
  3654. @option{combpel} pixels are required to be detected as combed for a frame to be
  3655. declared combed. See the @option{combpel} parameter description for more info.
  3656. Possible values are any number that is a power of 2 starting at 4 and going up
  3657. to 512.
  3658. Default value is @code{16}.
  3659. @item combpel
  3660. The number of combed pixels inside any of the @option{blocky} by
  3661. @option{blockx} size blocks on the frame for the frame to be detected as
  3662. combed. While @option{cthresh} controls how "visible" the combing must be, this
  3663. setting controls "how much" combing there must be in any localized area (a
  3664. window defined by the @option{blockx} and @option{blocky} settings) on the
  3665. frame. Minimum value is @code{0} and maximum is @code{blocky x blockx} (at
  3666. which point no frames will ever be detected as combed). This setting is known
  3667. as @option{MI} in TFM/VFM vocabulary.
  3668. Default value is @code{80}.
  3669. @end table
  3670. @anchor{p/c/n/u/b meaning}
  3671. @subsection p/c/n/u/b meaning
  3672. @subsubsection p/c/n
  3673. We assume the following telecined stream:
  3674. @example
  3675. Top fields: 1 2 2 3 4
  3676. Bottom fields: 1 2 3 4 4
  3677. @end example
  3678. The numbers correspond to the progressive frame the fields relate to. Here, the
  3679. first two frames are progressive, the 3rd and 4th are combed, and so on.
  3680. When @code{fieldmatch} is configured to run a matching from bottom
  3681. (@option{field}=@var{bottom}) this is how this input stream get transformed:
  3682. @example
  3683. Input stream:
  3684. T 1 2 2 3 4
  3685. B 1 2 3 4 4 <-- matching reference
  3686. Matches: c c n n c
  3687. Output stream:
  3688. T 1 2 3 4 4
  3689. B 1 2 3 4 4
  3690. @end example
  3691. As a result of the field matching, we can see that some frames get duplicated.
  3692. To perform a complete inverse telecine, you need to rely on a decimation filter
  3693. after this operation. See for instance the @ref{decimate} filter.
  3694. The same operation now matching from top fields (@option{field}=@var{top})
  3695. looks like this:
  3696. @example
  3697. Input stream:
  3698. T 1 2 2 3 4 <-- matching reference
  3699. B 1 2 3 4 4
  3700. Matches: c c p p c
  3701. Output stream:
  3702. T 1 2 2 3 4
  3703. B 1 2 2 3 4
  3704. @end example
  3705. In these examples, we can see what @var{p}, @var{c} and @var{n} mean;
  3706. basically, they refer to the frame and field of the opposite parity:
  3707. @itemize
  3708. @item @var{p} matches the field of the opposite parity in the previous frame
  3709. @item @var{c} matches the field of the opposite parity in the current frame
  3710. @item @var{n} matches the field of the opposite parity in the next frame
  3711. @end itemize
  3712. @subsubsection u/b
  3713. The @var{u} and @var{b} matching are a bit special in the sense that they match
  3714. from the opposite parity flag. In the following examples, we assume that we are
  3715. currently matching the 2nd frame (Top:2, bottom:2). According to the match, a
  3716. 'x' is placed above and below each matched fields.
  3717. With bottom matching (@option{field}=@var{bottom}):
  3718. @example
  3719. Match: c p n b u
  3720. x x x x x
  3721. Top 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
  3722. Bottom 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
  3723. x x x x x
  3724. Output frames:
  3725. 2 1 2 2 2
  3726. 2 2 2 1 3
  3727. @end example
  3728. With top matching (@option{field}=@var{top}):
  3729. @example
  3730. Match: c p n b u
  3731. x x x x x
  3732. Top 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
  3733. Bottom 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
  3734. x x x x x
  3735. Output frames:
  3736. 2 2 2 1 2
  3737. 2 1 3 2 2
  3738. @end example
  3739. @subsection Examples
  3740. Simple IVTC of a top field first telecined stream:
  3741. @example
  3742. fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=none, decimate
  3743. @end example
  3744. Advanced IVTC, with fallback on @ref{yadif} for still combed frames:
  3745. @example
  3746. fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=full, yadif=deint=interlaced, decimate
  3747. @end example
  3748. @section fieldorder
  3749. Transform the field order of the input video.
  3750. It accepts the following parameters:
  3751. @table @option
  3752. @item order
  3753. The output field order. Valid values are @var{tff} for top field first or @var{bff}
  3754. for bottom field first.
  3755. @end table
  3756. The default value is @samp{tff}.
  3757. The transformation is done by shifting the picture content up or down
  3758. by one line, and filling the remaining line with appropriate picture content.
  3759. This method is consistent with most broadcast field order converters.
  3760. If the input video is not flagged as being interlaced, or it is already
  3761. flagged as being of the required output field order, then this filter does
  3762. not alter the incoming video.
  3763. It is very useful when converting to or from PAL DV material,
  3764. which is bottom field first.
  3765. For example:
  3766. @example
  3767. ffmpeg -i in.vob -vf "fieldorder=bff" out.dv
  3768. @end example
  3769. @section fifo
  3770. Buffer input images and send them when they are requested.
  3771. It is mainly useful when auto-inserted by the libavfilter
  3772. framework.
  3773. It does not take parameters.
  3774. @anchor{format}
  3775. @section format
  3776. Convert the input video to one of the specified pixel formats.
  3777. Libavfilter will try to pick one that is suitable as input to
  3778. the next filter.
  3779. It accepts the following parameters:
  3780. @table @option
  3781. @item pix_fmts
  3782. A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, such as
  3783. "pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".
  3784. @end table
  3785. @subsection Examples
  3786. @itemize
  3787. @item
  3788. Convert the input video to the @var{yuv420p} format
  3789. @example
  3790. format=pix_fmts=yuv420p
  3791. @end example
  3792. Convert the input video to any of the formats in the list
  3793. @example
  3794. format=pix_fmts=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p
  3795. @end example
  3796. @end itemize
  3797. @anchor{fps}
  3798. @section fps
  3799. Convert the video to specified constant frame rate by duplicating or dropping
  3800. frames as necessary.
  3801. It accepts the following parameters:
  3802. @table @option
  3803. @item fps
  3804. The desired output frame rate. The default is @code{25}.
  3805. @item round
  3806. Rounding method.
  3807. Possible values are:
  3808. @table @option
  3809. @item zero
  3810. zero round towards 0
  3811. @item inf
  3812. round away from 0
  3813. @item down
  3814. round towards -infinity
  3815. @item up
  3816. round towards +infinity
  3817. @item near
  3818. round to nearest
  3819. @end table
  3820. The default is @code{near}.
  3821. @item start_time
  3822. Assume the first PTS should be the given value, in seconds. This allows for
  3823. padding/trimming at the start of stream. By default, no assumption is made
  3824. about the first frame's expected PTS, so no padding or trimming is done.
  3825. For example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with duplicates of
  3826. the first frame if a video stream starts after the audio stream or to trim any
  3827. frames with a negative PTS.
  3828. @end table
  3829. Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string:
  3830. @var{fps}[:@var{round}].
  3831. See also the @ref{setpts} filter.
  3832. @subsection Examples
  3833. @itemize
  3834. @item
  3835. A typical usage in order to set the fps to 25:
  3836. @example
  3837. fps=fps=25
  3838. @end example
  3839. @item
  3840. Sets the fps to 24, using abbreviation and rounding method to round to nearest:
  3841. @example
  3842. fps=fps=film:round=near
  3843. @end example
  3844. @end itemize
  3845. @section framepack
  3846. Pack two different video streams into a stereoscopic video, setting proper
  3847. metadata on supported codecs. The two views should have the same size and
  3848. framerate and processing will stop when the shorter video ends. Please note
  3849. that you may conveniently adjust view properties with the @ref{scale} and
  3850. @ref{fps} filters.
  3851. It accepts the following parameters:
  3852. @table @option
  3853. @item format
  3854. The desired packing format. Supported values are:
  3855. @table @option
  3856. @item sbs
  3857. The views are next to each other (default).
  3858. @item tab
  3859. The views are on top of each other.
  3860. @item lines
  3861. The views are packed by line.
  3862. @item columns
  3863. The views are packed by column.
  3864. @item frameseq
  3865. The views are temporally interleaved.
  3866. @end table
  3867. @end table
  3868. Some examples:
  3869. @example
  3870. # Convert left and right views into a frame-sequential video
  3871. ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex framepack=frameseq OUTPUT
  3872. # Convert views into a side-by-side video with the same output resolution as the input
  3873. ffmpeg -i LEFT -i RIGHT -filter_complex [0:v]scale=w=iw/2[left],[1:v]scale=w=iw/2[right],[left][right]framepack=sbs OUTPUT
  3874. @end example
  3875. @section framestep
  3876. Select one frame every N-th frame.
  3877. This filter accepts the following option:
  3878. @table @option
  3879. @item step
  3880. Select frame after every @code{step} frames.
  3881. Allowed values are positive integers higher than 0. Default value is @code{1}.
  3882. @end table
  3883. @anchor{frei0r}
  3884. @section frei0r
  3885. Apply a frei0r effect to the input video.
  3886. To enable the compilation of this filter, you need to install the frei0r
  3887. header and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-frei0r}.
  3888. It accepts the following parameters:
  3889. @table @option
  3890. @item filter_name
  3891. The name of the frei0r effect to load. If the environment variable
  3892. @env{FREI0R_PATH} is defined, the frei0r effect is searched for in each of the
  3893. directories specified by the colon-separated list in @env{FREIOR_PATH}.
  3894. Otherwise, the standard frei0r paths are searched, in this order:
  3895. @file{HOME/.frei0r-1/lib/}, @file{/usr/local/lib/frei0r-1/},
  3896. @file{/usr/lib/frei0r-1/}.
  3897. @item filter_params
  3898. A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r effect.
  3899. @end table
  3900. A frei0r effect parameter can be a boolean (its value is either
  3901. "y" or "n"), a double, a color (specified as
  3902. @var{R}/@var{G}/@var{B}, where @var{R}, @var{G}, and @var{B} are floating point
  3903. numbers between 0.0 and 1.0, inclusive) or by a color description specified in the "Color"
  3904. section in the ffmpeg-utils manual), a position (specified as @var{X}/@var{Y}, where
  3905. @var{X} and @var{Y} are floating point numbers) and/or a string.
  3906. The number and types of parameters depend on the loaded effect. If an
  3907. effect parameter is not specified, the default value is set.
  3908. @subsection Examples
  3909. @itemize
  3910. @item
  3911. Apply the distort0r effect, setting the first two double parameters:
  3912. @example
  3913. frei0r=filter_name=distort0r:filter_params=0.5|0.01
  3914. @end example
  3915. @item
  3916. Apply the colordistance effect, taking a color as the first parameter:
  3917. @example
  3918. frei0r=colordistance:0.2/0.3/0.4
  3919. frei0r=colordistance:violet
  3920. frei0r=colordistance:0x112233
  3921. @end example
  3922. @item
  3923. Apply the perspective effect, specifying the top left and top right image
  3924. positions:
  3925. @example
  3926. frei0r=perspective:0.2/0.2|0.8/0.2
  3927. @end example
  3928. @end itemize
  3929. For more information, see
  3930. @url{http://frei0r.dyne.org}
  3931. @section fspp
  3932. Apply fast and simple postprocessing. It is a faster version of @ref{spp}.
  3933. It splits (I)DCT into horizontal/vertical passes. Unlike the simple post-
  3934. processing filter, one of them is performed once per block, not per pixel.
  3935. This allows for much higher speed.
  3936. The filter accepts the following options:
  3937. @table @option
  3938. @item quality
  3939. Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts
  3940. an integer in the range 4-5. Default value is @code{4}.
  3941. @item qp
  3942. Force a constant quantization parameter. It accepts an integer in range 0-63.
  3943. If not set, the filter will use the QP from the video stream (if available).
  3944. @item strength
  3945. Set filter strength. It accepts an integer in range -15 to 32. Lower values mean
  3946. more details but also more artifacts, while higher values make the image smoother
  3947. but also blurrier. Default value is @code{0} − PSNR optimal.
  3948. @item use_bframe_qp
  3949. Enable the use of the QP from the B-Frames if set to @code{1}. Using this
  3950. option may cause flicker since the B-Frames have often larger QP. Default is
  3951. @code{0} (not enabled).
  3952. @end table
  3953. @section geq
  3954. The filter accepts the following options:
  3955. @table @option
  3956. @item lum_expr, lum
  3957. Set the luminance expression.
  3958. @item cb_expr, cb
  3959. Set the chrominance blue expression.
  3960. @item cr_expr, cr
  3961. Set the chrominance red expression.
  3962. @item alpha_expr, a
  3963. Set the alpha expression.
  3964. @item red_expr, r
  3965. Set the red expression.
  3966. @item green_expr, g
  3967. Set the green expression.
  3968. @item blue_expr, b
  3969. Set the blue expression.
  3970. @end table
  3971. The colorspace is selected according to the specified options. If one
  3972. of the @option{lum_expr}, @option{cb_expr}, or @option{cr_expr}
  3973. options is specified, the filter will automatically select a YCbCr
  3974. colorspace. If one of the @option{red_expr}, @option{green_expr}, or
  3975. @option{blue_expr} options is specified, it will select an RGB
  3976. colorspace.
  3977. If one of the chrominance expression is not defined, it falls back on the other
  3978. one. If no alpha expression is specified it will evaluate to opaque value.
  3979. If none of chrominance expressions are specified, they will evaluate
  3980. to the luminance expression.
  3981. The expressions can use the following variables and functions:
  3982. @table @option
  3983. @item N
  3984. The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from @code{0}.
  3985. @item X
  3986. @item Y
  3987. The coordinates of the current sample.
  3988. @item W
  3989. @item H
  3990. The width and height of the image.
  3991. @item SW
  3992. @item SH
  3993. Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the
  3994. ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current
  3995. plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are @code{1,1} for the luma plane, and
  3996. @code{0.5,0.5} for chroma planes.
  3997. @item T
  3998. Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
  3999. @item p(x, y)
  4000. Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the current
  4001. plane.
  4002. @item lum(x, y)
  4003. Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the luminance
  4004. plane.
  4005. @item cb(x, y)
  4006. Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the
  4007. blue-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
  4008. @item cr(x, y)
  4009. Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the
  4010. red-difference chroma plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
  4011. @item r(x, y)
  4012. @item g(x, y)
  4013. @item b(x, y)
  4014. Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the
  4015. red/green/blue component. Return 0 if there is no such component.
  4016. @item alpha(x, y)
  4017. Return the value of the pixel at location (@var{x},@var{y}) of the alpha
  4018. plane. Return 0 if there is no such plane.
  4019. @end table
  4020. For functions, if @var{x} and @var{y} are outside the area, the value will be
  4021. automatically clipped to the closer edge.
  4022. @subsection Examples
  4023. @itemize
  4024. @item
  4025. Flip the image horizontally:
  4026. @example
  4027. geq=p(W-X\,Y)
  4028. @end example
  4029. @item
  4030. Generate a bidimensional sine wave, with angle @code{PI/3} and a
  4031. wavelength of 100 pixels:
  4032. @example
  4033. geq=128 + 100*sin(2*(PI/100)*(cos(PI/3)*(X-50*T) + sin(PI/3)*Y)):128:128
  4034. @end example
  4035. @item
  4036. Generate a fancy enigmatic moving light:
  4037. @example
  4038. nullsrc=s=256x256,geq=random(1)/hypot(X-cos(N*0.07)*W/2-W/2\,Y-sin(N*0.09)*H/2-H/2)^2*1000000*sin(N*0.02):128:128
  4039. @end example
  4040. @item
  4041. Generate a quick emboss effect:
  4042. @example
  4043. format=gray,geq=lum_expr='(p(X,Y)+(256-p(X-4,Y-4)))/2'
  4044. @end example
  4045. @item
  4046. Modify RGB components depending on pixel position:
  4047. @example
  4048. geq=r='X/W*r(X,Y)':g='(1-X/W)*g(X,Y)':b='(H-Y)/H*b(X,Y)'
  4049. @end example
  4050. @item
  4051. Create a radial gradient that is the same size as the input (also see
  4052. the @ref{vignette} filter):
  4053. @example
  4054. geq=lum=255*gauss((X/W-0.5)*3)*gauss((Y/H-0.5)*3)/gauss(0)/gauss(0),format=gray
  4055. @end example
  4056. @item
  4057. Create a linear gradient to use as a mask for another filter, then
  4058. compose with @ref{overlay}. In this example the video will gradually
  4059. become more blurry from the top to the bottom of the y-axis as defined
  4060. by the linear gradient:
  4061. @example
  4062. ffmpeg -i input.mp4 -filter_complex "geq=lum=255*(Y/H),format=gray[grad];[0:v]boxblur=4[blur];[blur][grad]alphamerge[alpha];[0:v][alpha]overlay" output.mp4
  4063. @end example
  4064. @end itemize
  4065. @section gradfun
  4066. Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat
  4067. regions by truncation to 8bit color depth.
  4068. Interpolate the gradients that should go where the bands are, and
  4069. dither them.
  4070. It is designed for playback only. Do not use it prior to
  4071. lossy compression, because compression tends to lose the dither and
  4072. bring back the bands.
  4073. It accepts the following parameters:
  4074. @table @option
  4075. @item strength
  4076. The maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. This is also
  4077. the threshold for detecting nearly flat regions. Acceptable values range from
  4078. .51 to 64; the default value is 1.2. Out-of-range values will be clipped to the
  4079. valid range.
  4080. @item radius
  4081. The neighborhood to fit the gradient to. A larger radius makes for smoother
  4082. gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying the pixels near detailed
  4083. regions. Acceptable values are 8-32; the default value is 16. Out-of-range
  4084. values will be clipped to the valid range.
  4085. @end table
  4086. Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string:
  4087. @var{strength}[:@var{radius}]
  4088. @subsection Examples
  4089. @itemize
  4090. @item
  4091. Apply the filter with a @code{3.5} strength and radius of @code{8}:
  4092. @example
  4093. gradfun=3.5:8
  4094. @end example
  4095. @item
  4096. Specify radius, omitting the strength (which will fall-back to the default
  4097. value):
  4098. @example
  4099. gradfun=radius=8
  4100. @end example
  4101. @end itemize
  4102. @anchor{haldclut}
  4103. @section haldclut
  4104. Apply a Hald CLUT to a video stream.
  4105. First input is the video stream to process, and second one is the Hald CLUT.
  4106. The Hald CLUT input can be a simple picture or a complete video stream.
  4107. The filter accepts the following options:
  4108. @table @option
  4109. @item shortest
  4110. Force termination when the shortest input terminates. Default is @code{0}.
  4111. @item repeatlast
  4112. Continue applying the last CLUT after the end of the stream. A value of
  4113. @code{0} disable the filter after the last frame of the CLUT is reached.
  4114. Default is @code{1}.
  4115. @end table
  4116. @code{haldclut} also has the same interpolation options as @ref{lut3d} (both
  4117. filters share the same internals).
  4118. More information about the Hald CLUT can be found on Eskil Steenberg's website
  4119. (Hald CLUT author) at @url{http://www.quelsolaar.com/technology/clut.html}.
  4120. @subsection Workflow examples
  4121. @subsubsection Hald CLUT video stream
  4122. Generate an identity Hald CLUT stream altered with various effects:
  4123. @example
  4124. ffmpeg -f lavfi -i @ref{haldclutsrc}=8 -vf "hue=H=2*PI*t:s=sin(2*PI*t)+1, curves=cross_process" -t 10 -c:v ffv1 clut.nut
  4125. @end example
  4126. Note: make sure you use a lossless codec.
  4127. Then use it with @code{haldclut} to apply it on some random stream:
  4128. @example
  4129. ffmpeg -f lavfi -i mandelbrot -i clut.nut -filter_complex '[0][1] haldclut' -t 20 mandelclut.mkv
  4130. @end example
  4131. The Hald CLUT will be applied to the 10 first seconds (duration of
  4132. @file{clut.nut}), then the latest picture of that CLUT stream will be applied
  4133. to the remaining frames of the @code{mandelbrot} stream.
  4134. @subsubsection Hald CLUT with preview
  4135. A Hald CLUT is supposed to be a squared image of @code{Level*Level*Level} by
  4136. @code{Level*Level*Level} pixels. For a given Hald CLUT, FFmpeg will select the
  4137. biggest possible square starting at the top left of the picture. The remaining
  4138. padding pixels (bottom or right) will be ignored. This area can be used to add
  4139. a preview of the Hald CLUT.
  4140. Typically, the following generated Hald CLUT will be supported by the
  4141. @code{haldclut} filter:
  4142. @example
  4143. ffmpeg -f lavfi -i @ref{haldclutsrc}=8 -vf "
  4144. pad=iw+320 [padded_clut];
  4145. smptebars=s=320x256, split [a][b];
  4146. [padded_clut][a] overlay=W-320:h, curves=color_negative [main];
  4147. [main][b] overlay=W-320" -frames:v 1 clut.png
  4148. @end example
  4149. It contains the original and a preview of the effect of the CLUT: SMPTE color
  4150. bars are displayed on the right-top, and below the same color bars processed by
  4151. the color changes.
  4152. Then, the effect of this Hald CLUT can be visualized with:
  4153. @example
  4154. ffplay input.mkv -vf "movie=clut.png, [in] haldclut"
  4155. @end example
  4156. @section hflip
  4157. Flip the input video horizontally.
  4158. For example, to horizontally flip the input video with @command{ffmpeg}:
  4159. @example
  4160. ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "hflip" out.avi
  4161. @end example
  4162. @section histeq
  4163. This filter applies a global color histogram equalization on a
  4164. per-frame basis.
  4165. It can be used to correct video that has a compressed range of pixel
  4166. intensities. The filter redistributes the pixel intensities to
  4167. equalize their distribution across the intensity range. It may be
  4168. viewed as an "automatically adjusting contrast filter". This filter is
  4169. useful only for correcting degraded or poorly captured source
  4170. video.
  4171. The filter accepts the following options:
  4172. @table @option
  4173. @item strength
  4174. Determine the amount of equalization to be applied. As the strength
  4175. is reduced, the distribution of pixel intensities more-and-more
  4176. approaches that of the input frame. The value must be a float number
  4177. in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.200.
  4178. @item intensity
  4179. Set the maximum intensity that can generated and scale the output
  4180. values appropriately. The strength should be set as desired and then
  4181. the intensity can be limited if needed to avoid washing-out. The value
  4182. must be a float number in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.210.
  4183. @item antibanding
  4184. Set the antibanding level. If enabled the filter will randomly vary
  4185. the luminance of output pixels by a small amount to avoid banding of
  4186. the histogram. Possible values are @code{none}, @code{weak} or
  4187. @code{strong}. It defaults to @code{none}.
  4188. @end table
  4189. @section histogram
  4190. Compute and draw a color distribution histogram for the input video.
  4191. The computed histogram is a representation of the color component
  4192. distribution in an image.
  4193. The filter accepts the following options:
  4194. @table @option
  4195. @item mode
  4196. Set histogram mode.
  4197. It accepts the following values:
  4198. @table @samp
  4199. @item levels
  4200. Standard histogram that displays the color components distribution in an
  4201. image. Displays color graph for each color component. Shows distribution of
  4202. the Y, U, V, A or R, G, B components, depending on input format, in the
  4203. current frame. Below each graph a color component scale meter is shown.
  4204. @item color
  4205. Displays chroma values (U/V color placement) in a two dimensional
  4206. graph (which is called a vectorscope). The brighter a pixel in the
  4207. vectorscope, the more pixels of the input frame correspond to that pixel
  4208. (i.e., more pixels have this chroma value). The V component is displayed on
  4209. the horizontal (X) axis, with the leftmost side being V = 0 and the rightmost
  4210. side being V = 255. The U component is displayed on the vertical (Y) axis,
  4211. with the top representing U = 0 and the bottom representing U = 255.
  4212. The position of a white pixel in the graph corresponds to the chroma value of
  4213. a pixel of the input clip. The graph can therefore be used to read the hue
  4214. (color flavor) and the saturation (the dominance of the hue in the color). As
  4215. the hue of a color changes, it moves around the square. At the center of the
  4216. square the saturation is zero, which means that the corresponding pixel has no
  4217. color. If the amount of a specific color is increased (while leaving the other
  4218. colors unchanged) the saturation increases, and the indicator moves towards
  4219. the edge of the square.
  4220. @item color2
  4221. Chroma values in vectorscope, similar as @code{color} but actual chroma values
  4222. are displayed.
  4223. @item waveform
  4224. Per row/column color component graph. In row mode, the graph on the left side
  4225. represents color component value 0 and the right side represents value = 255.
  4226. In column mode, the top side represents color component value = 0 and bottom
  4227. side represents value = 255.
  4228. @end table
  4229. Default value is @code{levels}.
  4230. @item level_height
  4231. Set height of level in @code{levels}. Default value is @code{200}.
  4232. Allowed range is [50, 2048].
  4233. @item scale_height
  4234. Set height of color scale in @code{levels}. Default value is @code{12}.
  4235. Allowed range is [0, 40].
  4236. @item step
  4237. Set step for @code{waveform} mode. Smaller values are useful to find out how
  4238. many values of the same luminance are distributed across input rows/columns.
  4239. Default value is @code{10}. Allowed range is [1, 255].
  4240. @item waveform_mode
  4241. Set mode for @code{waveform}. Can be either @code{row}, or @code{column}.
  4242. Default is @code{row}.
  4243. @item waveform_mirror
  4244. Set mirroring mode for @code{waveform}. @code{0} means unmirrored, @code{1}
  4245. means mirrored. In mirrored mode, higher values will be represented on the left
  4246. side for @code{row} mode and at the top for @code{column} mode. Default is
  4247. @code{0} (unmirrored).
  4248. @item display_mode
  4249. Set display mode for @code{waveform} and @code{levels}.
  4250. It accepts the following values:
  4251. @table @samp
  4252. @item parade
  4253. Display separate graph for the color components side by side in
  4254. @code{row} waveform mode or one below the other in @code{column} waveform mode
  4255. for @code{waveform} histogram mode. For @code{levels} histogram mode,
  4256. per color component graphs are placed below each other.
  4257. Using this display mode in @code{waveform} histogram mode makes it easy to
  4258. spot color casts in the highlights and shadows of an image, by comparing the
  4259. contours of the top and the bottom graphs of each waveform. Since whites,
  4260. grays, and blacks are characterized by exactly equal amounts of red, green,
  4261. and blue, neutral areas of the picture should display three waveforms of
  4262. roughly equal width/height. If not, the correction is easy to perform by
  4263. making level adjustments the three waveforms.
  4264. @item overlay
  4265. Presents information identical to that in the @code{parade}, except
  4266. that the graphs representing color components are superimposed directly
  4267. over one another.
  4268. This display mode in @code{waveform} histogram mode makes it easier to spot
  4269. relative differences or similarities in overlapping areas of the color
  4270. components that are supposed to be identical, such as neutral whites, grays,
  4271. or blacks.
  4272. @end table
  4273. Default is @code{parade}.
  4274. @item levels_mode
  4275. Set mode for @code{levels}. Can be either @code{linear}, or @code{logarithmic}.
  4276. Default is @code{linear}.
  4277. @end table
  4278. @subsection Examples
  4279. @itemize
  4280. @item
  4281. Calculate and draw histogram:
  4282. @example
  4283. ffplay -i input -vf histogram
  4284. @end example
  4285. @end itemize
  4286. @anchor{hqdn3d}
  4287. @section hqdn3d
  4288. This is a high precision/quality 3d denoise filter. It aims to reduce
  4289. image noise, producing smooth images and making still images really
  4290. still. It should enhance compressibility.
  4291. It accepts the following optional parameters:
  4292. @table @option
  4293. @item luma_spatial
  4294. A non-negative floating point number which specifies spatial luma strength.
  4295. It defaults to 4.0.
  4296. @item chroma_spatial
  4297. A non-negative floating point number which specifies spatial chroma strength.
  4298. It defaults to 3.0*@var{luma_spatial}/4.0.
  4299. @item luma_tmp
  4300. A floating point number which specifies luma temporal strength. It defaults to
  4301. 6.0*@var{luma_spatial}/4.0.
  4302. @item chroma_tmp
  4303. A floating point number which specifies chroma temporal strength. It defaults to
  4304. @var{luma_tmp}*@var{chroma_spatial}/@var{luma_spatial}.
  4305. @end table
  4306. @section hqx
  4307. Apply a high-quality magnification filter designed for pixel art. This filter
  4308. was originally created by Maxim Stepin.
  4309. It accepts the following option:
  4310. @table @option
  4311. @item n
  4312. Set the scaling dimension: @code{2} for @code{hq2x}, @code{3} for
  4313. @code{hq3x} and @code{4} for @code{hq4x}.
  4314. Default is @code{3}.
  4315. @end table
  4316. @section hue
  4317. Modify the hue and/or the saturation of the input.
  4318. It accepts the following parameters:
  4319. @table @option
  4320. @item h
  4321. Specify the hue angle as a number of degrees. It accepts an expression,
  4322. and defaults to "0".
  4323. @item s
  4324. Specify the saturation in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and
  4325. defaults to "1".
  4326. @item H
  4327. Specify the hue angle as a number of radians. It accepts an
  4328. expression, and defaults to "0".
  4329. @item b
  4330. Specify the brightness in the [-10,10] range. It accepts an expression and
  4331. defaults to "0".
  4332. @end table
  4333. @option{h} and @option{H} are mutually exclusive, and can't be
  4334. specified at the same time.
  4335. The @option{b}, @option{h}, @option{H} and @option{s} option values are
  4336. expressions containing the following constants:
  4337. @table @option
  4338. @item n
  4339. frame count of the input frame starting from 0
  4340. @item pts
  4341. presentation timestamp of the input frame expressed in time base units
  4342. @item r
  4343. frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
  4344. @item t
  4345. timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
  4346. @item tb
  4347. time base of the input video
  4348. @end table
  4349. @subsection Examples
  4350. @itemize
  4351. @item
  4352. Set the hue to 90 degrees and the saturation to 1.0:
  4353. @example
  4354. hue=h=90:s=1
  4355. @end example
  4356. @item
  4357. Same command but expressing the hue in radians:
  4358. @example
  4359. hue=H=PI/2:s=1
  4360. @end example
  4361. @item
  4362. Rotate hue and make the saturation swing between 0
  4363. and 2 over a period of 1 second:
  4364. @example
  4365. hue="H=2*PI*t: s=sin(2*PI*t)+1"
  4366. @end example
  4367. @item
  4368. Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-in effect starting at 0:
  4369. @example
  4370. hue="s=min(t/3\,1)"
  4371. @end example
  4372. The general fade-in expression can be written as:
  4373. @example
  4374. hue="s=min(0\, max((t-START)/DURATION\, 1))"
  4375. @end example
  4376. @item
  4377. Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-out effect starting at 5 seconds:
  4378. @example
  4379. hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (8-t)/3))"
  4380. @end example
  4381. The general fade-out expression can be written as:
  4382. @example
  4383. hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (START+DURATION-t)/DURATION))"
  4384. @end example
  4385. @end itemize
  4386. @subsection Commands
  4387. This filter supports the following commands:
  4388. @table @option
  4389. @item b
  4390. @item s
  4391. @item h
  4392. @item H
  4393. Modify the hue and/or the saturation and/or brightness of the input video.
  4394. The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
  4395. If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
  4396. value.
  4397. @end table
  4398. @section idet
  4399. Detect video interlacing type.
  4400. This filter tries to detect if the input frames as interlaced, progressive,
  4401. top or bottom field first. It will also try and detect fields that are
  4402. repeated between adjacent frames (a sign of telecine).
  4403. Single frame detection considers only immediately adjacent frames when classifying each frame.
  4404. Multiple frame detection incorporates the classification history of previous frames.
  4405. The filter will log these metadata values:
  4406. @table @option
  4407. @item single.current_frame
  4408. Detected type of current frame using single-frame detection. One of:
  4409. ``tff'' (top field first), ``bff'' (bottom field first),
  4410. ``progressive'', or ``undetermined''
  4411. @item single.tff
  4412. Cumulative number of frames detected as top field first using single-frame detection.
  4413. @item multiple.tff
  4414. Cumulative number of frames detected as top field first using multiple-frame detection.
  4415. @item single.bff
  4416. Cumulative number of frames detected as bottom field first using single-frame detection.
  4417. @item multiple.current_frame
  4418. Detected type of current frame using multiple-frame detection. One of:
  4419. ``tff'' (top field first), ``bff'' (bottom field first),
  4420. ``progressive'', or ``undetermined''
  4421. @item multiple.bff
  4422. Cumulative number of frames detected as bottom field first using multiple-frame detection.
  4423. @item single.progressive
  4424. Cumulative number of frames detected as progressive using single-frame detection.
  4425. @item multiple.progressive
  4426. Cumulative number of frames detected as progressive using multiple-frame detection.
  4427. @item single.undetermined
  4428. Cumulative number of frames that could not be classified using single-frame detection.
  4429. @item multiple.undetermined
  4430. Cumulative number of frames that could not be classified using multiple-frame detection.
  4431. @item repeated.current_frame
  4432. Which field in the current frame is repeated from the last. One of ``neither'', ``top'', or ``bottom''.
  4433. @item repeated.neither
  4434. Cumulative number of frames with no repeated field.
  4435. @item repeated.top
  4436. Cumulative number of frames with the top field repeated from the previous frame's top field.
  4437. @item repeated.bottom
  4438. Cumulative number of frames with the bottom field repeated from the previous frame's bottom field.
  4439. @end table
  4440. The filter accepts the following options:
  4441. @table @option
  4442. @item intl_thres
  4443. Set interlacing threshold.
  4444. @item prog_thres
  4445. Set progressive threshold.
  4446. @item repeat_thres
  4447. Threshold for repeated field detection.
  4448. @item half_life
  4449. Number of frames after which a given frame's contribution to the
  4450. statistics is halved (i.e., it contributes only 0.5 to it's
  4451. classification). The default of 0 means that all frames seen are given
  4452. full weight of 1.0 forever.
  4453. @item analyze_interlaced_flag
  4454. When this is not 0 then idet will use the specified number of frames to determine
  4455. if the interlaced flag is accurate, it will not count undetermined frames.
  4456. If the flag is found to be accurate it will be used without any further
  4457. computations, if it is found to be inaccuarte it will be cleared without any
  4458. further computations. This allows inserting the idet filter as a low computational
  4459. method to clean up the interlaced flag
  4460. @end table
  4461. @section il
  4462. Deinterleave or interleave fields.
  4463. This filter allows one to process interlaced images fields without
  4464. deinterlacing them. Deinterleaving splits the input frame into 2
  4465. fields (so called half pictures). Odd lines are moved to the top
  4466. half of the output image, even lines to the bottom half.
  4467. You can process (filter) them independently and then re-interleave them.
  4468. The filter accepts the following options:
  4469. @table @option
  4470. @item luma_mode, l
  4471. @item chroma_mode, c
  4472. @item alpha_mode, a
  4473. Available values for @var{luma_mode}, @var{chroma_mode} and
  4474. @var{alpha_mode} are:
  4475. @table @samp
  4476. @item none
  4477. Do nothing.
  4478. @item deinterleave, d
  4479. Deinterleave fields, placing one above the other.
  4480. @item interleave, i
  4481. Interleave fields. Reverse the effect of deinterleaving.
  4482. @end table
  4483. Default value is @code{none}.
  4484. @item luma_swap, ls
  4485. @item chroma_swap, cs
  4486. @item alpha_swap, as
  4487. Swap luma/chroma/alpha fields. Exchange even & odd lines. Default value is @code{0}.
  4488. @end table
  4489. @section interlace
  4490. Simple interlacing filter from progressive contents. This interleaves upper (or
  4491. lower) lines from odd frames with lower (or upper) lines from even frames,
  4492. halving the frame rate and preserving image height.
  4493. @example
  4494. Original Original New Frame
  4495. Frame 'j' Frame 'j+1' (tff)
  4496. ========== =========== ==================
  4497. Line 0 --------------------> Frame 'j' Line 0
  4498. Line 1 Line 1 ----> Frame 'j+1' Line 1
  4499. Line 2 ---------------------> Frame 'j' Line 2
  4500. Line 3 Line 3 ----> Frame 'j+1' Line 3
  4501. ... ... ...
  4502. New Frame + 1 will be generated by Frame 'j+2' and Frame 'j+3' and so on
  4503. @end example
  4504. It accepts the following optional parameters:
  4505. @table @option
  4506. @item scan
  4507. This determines whether the interlaced frame is taken from the even
  4508. (tff - default) or odd (bff) lines of the progressive frame.
  4509. @item lowpass
  4510. Enable (default) or disable the vertical lowpass filter to avoid twitter
  4511. interlacing and reduce moire patterns.
  4512. @end table
  4513. @section kerndeint
  4514. Deinterlace input video by applying Donald Graft's adaptive kernel
  4515. deinterling. Work on interlaced parts of a video to produce
  4516. progressive frames.
  4517. The description of the accepted parameters follows.
  4518. @table @option
  4519. @item thresh
  4520. Set the threshold which affects the filter's tolerance when
  4521. determining if a pixel line must be processed. It must be an integer
  4522. in the range [0,255] and defaults to 10. A value of 0 will result in
  4523. applying the process on every pixels.
  4524. @item map
  4525. Paint pixels exceeding the threshold value to white if set to 1.
  4526. Default is 0.
  4527. @item order
  4528. Set the fields order. Swap fields if set to 1, leave fields alone if
  4529. 0. Default is 0.
  4530. @item sharp
  4531. Enable additional sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
  4532. @item twoway
  4533. Enable twoway sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
  4534. @end table
  4535. @subsection Examples
  4536. @itemize
  4537. @item
  4538. Apply default values:
  4539. @example
  4540. kerndeint=thresh=10:map=0:order=0:sharp=0:twoway=0
  4541. @end example
  4542. @item
  4543. Enable additional sharpening:
  4544. @example
  4545. kerndeint=sharp=1
  4546. @end example
  4547. @item
  4548. Paint processed pixels in white:
  4549. @example
  4550. kerndeint=map=1
  4551. @end example
  4552. @end itemize
  4553. @section lenscorrection
  4554. Correct radial lens distortion
  4555. This filter can be used to correct for radial distortion as can result from the use
  4556. of wide angle lenses, and thereby re-rectify the image. To find the right parameters
  4557. one can use tools available for example as part of opencv or simply trial-and-error.
  4558. To use opencv use the calibration sample (under samples/cpp) from the opencv sources
  4559. and extract the k1 and k2 coefficients from the resulting matrix.
  4560. Note that effectively the same filter is available in the open-source tools Krita and
  4561. Digikam from the KDE project.
  4562. In contrast to the @ref{vignette} filter, which can also be used to compensate lens errors,
  4563. this filter corrects the distortion of the image, whereas @ref{vignette} corrects the
  4564. brightness distribution, so you may want to use both filters together in certain
  4565. cases, though you will have to take care of ordering, i.e. whether vignetting should
  4566. be applied before or after lens correction.
  4567. @subsection Options
  4568. The filter accepts the following options:
  4569. @table @option
  4570. @item cx
  4571. Relative x-coordinate of the focal point of the image, and thereby the center of the
  4572. distortion. This value has a range [0,1] and is expressed as fractions of the image
  4573. width.
  4574. @item cy
  4575. Relative y-coordinate of the focal point of the image, and thereby the center of the
  4576. distortion. This value has a range [0,1] and is expressed as fractions of the image
  4577. height.
  4578. @item k1
  4579. Coefficient of the quadratic correction term. 0.5 means no correction.
  4580. @item k2
  4581. Coefficient of the double quadratic correction term. 0.5 means no correction.
  4582. @end table
  4583. The formula that generates the correction is:
  4584. @var{r_src} = @var{r_tgt} * (1 + @var{k1} * (@var{r_tgt} / @var{r_0})^2 + @var{k2} * (@var{r_tgt} / @var{r_0})^4)
  4585. where @var{r_0} is halve of the image diagonal and @var{r_src} and @var{r_tgt} are the
  4586. distances from the focal point in the source and target images, respectively.
  4587. @anchor{lut3d}
  4588. @section lut3d
  4589. Apply a 3D LUT to an input video.
  4590. The filter accepts the following options:
  4591. @table @option
  4592. @item file
  4593. Set the 3D LUT file name.
  4594. Currently supported formats:
  4595. @table @samp
  4596. @item 3dl
  4597. AfterEffects
  4598. @item cube
  4599. Iridas
  4600. @item dat
  4601. DaVinci
  4602. @item m3d
  4603. Pandora
  4604. @end table
  4605. @item interp
  4606. Select interpolation mode.
  4607. Available values are:
  4608. @table @samp
  4609. @item nearest
  4610. Use values from the nearest defined point.
  4611. @item trilinear
  4612. Interpolate values using the 8 points defining a cube.
  4613. @item tetrahedral
  4614. Interpolate values using a tetrahedron.
  4615. @end table
  4616. @end table
  4617. @section lut, lutrgb, lutyuv
  4618. Compute a look-up table for binding each pixel component input value
  4619. to an output value, and apply it to the input video.
  4620. @var{lutyuv} applies a lookup table to a YUV input video, @var{lutrgb}
  4621. to an RGB input video.
  4622. These filters accept the following parameters:
  4623. @table @option
  4624. @item c0
  4625. set first pixel component expression
  4626. @item c1
  4627. set second pixel component expression
  4628. @item c2
  4629. set third pixel component expression
  4630. @item c3
  4631. set fourth pixel component expression, corresponds to the alpha component
  4632. @item r
  4633. set red component expression
  4634. @item g
  4635. set green component expression
  4636. @item b
  4637. set blue component expression
  4638. @item a
  4639. alpha component expression
  4640. @item y
  4641. set Y/luminance component expression
  4642. @item u
  4643. set U/Cb component expression
  4644. @item v
  4645. set V/Cr component expression
  4646. @end table
  4647. Each of them specifies the expression to use for computing the lookup table for
  4648. the corresponding pixel component values.
  4649. The exact component associated to each of the @var{c*} options depends on the
  4650. format in input.
  4651. The @var{lut} filter requires either YUV or RGB pixel formats in input,
  4652. @var{lutrgb} requires RGB pixel formats in input, and @var{lutyuv} requires YUV.
  4653. The expressions can contain the following constants and functions:
  4654. @table @option
  4655. @item w
  4656. @item h
  4657. The input width and height.
  4658. @item val
  4659. The input value for the pixel component.
  4660. @item clipval
  4661. The input value, clipped to the @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range.
  4662. @item maxval
  4663. The maximum value for the pixel component.
  4664. @item minval
  4665. The minimum value for the pixel component.
  4666. @item negval
  4667. The negated value for the pixel component value, clipped to the
  4668. @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range; it corresponds to the expression
  4669. "maxval-clipval+minval".
  4670. @item clip(val)
  4671. The computed value in @var{val}, clipped to the
  4672. @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range.
  4673. @item gammaval(gamma)
  4674. The computed gamma correction value of the pixel component value,
  4675. clipped to the @var{minval}-@var{maxval} range. It corresponds to the
  4676. expression
  4677. "pow((clipval-minval)/(maxval-minval)\,@var{gamma})*(maxval-minval)+minval"
  4678. @end table
  4679. All expressions default to "val".
  4680. @subsection Examples
  4681. @itemize
  4682. @item
  4683. Negate input video:
  4684. @example
  4685. lutrgb="r=maxval+minval-val:g=maxval+minval-val:b=maxval+minval-val"
  4686. lutyuv="y=maxval+minval-val:u=maxval+minval-val:v=maxval+minval-val"
  4687. @end example
  4688. The above is the same as:
  4689. @example
  4690. lutrgb="r=negval:g=negval:b=negval"
  4691. lutyuv="y=negval:u=negval:v=negval"
  4692. @end example
  4693. @item
  4694. Negate luminance:
  4695. @example
  4696. lutyuv=y=negval
  4697. @end example
  4698. @item
  4699. Remove chroma components, turning the video into a graytone image:
  4700. @example
  4701. lutyuv="u=128:v=128"
  4702. @end example
  4703. @item
  4704. Apply a luma burning effect:
  4705. @example
  4706. lutyuv="y=2*val"
  4707. @end example
  4708. @item
  4709. Remove green and blue components:
  4710. @example
  4711. lutrgb="g=0:b=0"
  4712. @end example
  4713. @item
  4714. Set a constant alpha channel value on input:
  4715. @example
  4716. format=rgba,lutrgb=a="maxval-minval/2"
  4717. @end example
  4718. @item
  4719. Correct luminance gamma by a factor of 0.5:
  4720. @example
  4721. lutyuv=y=gammaval(0.5)
  4722. @end example
  4723. @item
  4724. Discard least significant bits of luma:
  4725. @example
  4726. lutyuv=y='bitand(val, 128+64+32)'
  4727. @end example
  4728. @end itemize
  4729. @section mergeplanes
  4730. Merge color channel components from several video streams.
  4731. The filter accepts up to 4 input streams, and merge selected input
  4732. planes to the output video.
  4733. This filter accepts the following options:
  4734. @table @option
  4735. @item mapping
  4736. Set input to output plane mapping. Default is @code{0}.
  4737. The mappings is specified as a bitmap. It should be specified as a
  4738. hexadecimal number in the form 0xAa[Bb[Cc[Dd]]]. 'Aa' describes the
  4739. mapping for the first plane of the output stream. 'A' sets the number of
  4740. the input stream to use (from 0 to 3), and 'a' the plane number of the
  4741. corresponding input to use (from 0 to 3). The rest of the mappings is
  4742. similar, 'Bb' describes the mapping for the output stream second
  4743. plane, 'Cc' describes the mapping for the output stream third plane and
  4744. 'Dd' describes the mapping for the output stream fourth plane.
  4745. @item format
  4746. Set output pixel format. Default is @code{yuva444p}.
  4747. @end table
  4748. @subsection Examples
  4749. @itemize
  4750. @item
  4751. Merge three gray video streams of same width and height into single video stream:
  4752. @example
  4753. [a0][a1][a2]mergeplanes=0x001020:yuv444p
  4754. @end example
  4755. @item
  4756. Merge 1st yuv444p stream and 2nd gray video stream into yuva444p video stream:
  4757. @example
  4758. [a0][a1]mergeplanes=0x00010210:yuva444p
  4759. @end example
  4760. @item
  4761. Swap Y and A plane in yuva444p stream:
  4762. @example
  4763. format=yuva444p,mergeplanes=0x03010200:yuva444p
  4764. @end example
  4765. @item
  4766. Swap U and V plane in yuv420p stream:
  4767. @example
  4768. format=yuv420p,mergeplanes=0x000201:yuv420p
  4769. @end example
  4770. @item
  4771. Cast a rgb24 clip to yuv444p:
  4772. @example
  4773. format=rgb24,mergeplanes=0x000102:yuv444p
  4774. @end example
  4775. @end itemize
  4776. @section mcdeint
  4777. Apply motion-compensation deinterlacing.
  4778. It needs one field per frame as input and must thus be used together
  4779. with yadif=1/3 or equivalent.
  4780. This filter accepts the following options:
  4781. @table @option
  4782. @item mode
  4783. Set the deinterlacing mode.
  4784. It accepts one of the following values:
  4785. @table @samp
  4786. @item fast
  4787. @item medium
  4788. @item slow
  4789. use iterative motion estimation
  4790. @item extra_slow
  4791. like @samp{slow}, but use multiple reference frames.
  4792. @end table
  4793. Default value is @samp{fast}.
  4794. @item parity
  4795. Set the picture field parity assumed for the input video. It must be
  4796. one of the following values:
  4797. @table @samp
  4798. @item 0, tff
  4799. assume top field first
  4800. @item 1, bff
  4801. assume bottom field first
  4802. @end table
  4803. Default value is @samp{bff}.
  4804. @item qp
  4805. Set per-block quantization parameter (QP) used by the internal
  4806. encoder.
  4807. Higher values should result in a smoother motion vector field but less
  4808. optimal individual vectors. Default value is 1.
  4809. @end table
  4810. @section mpdecimate
  4811. Drop frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame in
  4812. order to reduce frame rate.
  4813. The main use of this filter is for very-low-bitrate encoding
  4814. (e.g. streaming over dialup modem), but it could in theory be used for
  4815. fixing movies that were inverse-telecined incorrectly.
  4816. A description of the accepted options follows.
  4817. @table @option
  4818. @item max
  4819. Set the maximum number of consecutive frames which can be dropped (if
  4820. positive), or the minimum interval between dropped frames (if
  4821. negative). If the value is 0, the frame is dropped unregarding the
  4822. number of previous sequentially dropped frames.
  4823. Default value is 0.
  4824. @item hi
  4825. @item lo
  4826. @item frac
  4827. Set the dropping threshold values.
  4828. Values for @option{hi} and @option{lo} are for 8x8 pixel blocks and
  4829. represent actual pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64
  4830. corresponds to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or the same spread
  4831. out differently over the block.
  4832. A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 blocks differ by more
  4833. than a threshold of @option{hi}, and if no more than @option{frac} blocks (1
  4834. meaning the whole image) differ by more than a threshold of @option{lo}.
  4835. Default value for @option{hi} is 64*12, default value for @option{lo} is
  4836. 64*5, and default value for @option{frac} is 0.33.
  4837. @end table
  4838. @section negate
  4839. Negate input video.
  4840. It accepts an integer in input; if non-zero it negates the
  4841. alpha component (if available). The default value in input is 0.
  4842. @section noformat
  4843. Force libavfilter not to use any of the specified pixel formats for the
  4844. input to the next filter.
  4845. It accepts the following parameters:
  4846. @table @option
  4847. @item pix_fmts
  4848. A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, such as
  4849. apix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".
  4850. @end table
  4851. @subsection Examples
  4852. @itemize
  4853. @item
  4854. Force libavfilter to use a format different from @var{yuv420p} for the
  4855. input to the vflip filter:
  4856. @example
  4857. noformat=pix_fmts=yuv420p,vflip
  4858. @end example
  4859. @item
  4860. Convert the input video to any of the formats not contained in the list:
  4861. @example
  4862. noformat=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p
  4863. @end example
  4864. @end itemize
  4865. @section noise
  4866. Add noise on video input frame.
  4867. The filter accepts the following options:
  4868. @table @option
  4869. @item all_seed
  4870. @item c0_seed
  4871. @item c1_seed
  4872. @item c2_seed
  4873. @item c3_seed
  4874. Set noise seed for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
  4875. of @var{all_seed}. Default value is @code{123457}.
  4876. @item all_strength, alls
  4877. @item c0_strength, c0s
  4878. @item c1_strength, c1s
  4879. @item c2_strength, c2s
  4880. @item c3_strength, c3s
  4881. Set noise strength for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
  4882. @var{all_strength}. Default value is @code{0}. Allowed range is [0, 100].
  4883. @item all_flags, allf
  4884. @item c0_flags, c0f
  4885. @item c1_flags, c1f
  4886. @item c2_flags, c2f
  4887. @item c3_flags, c3f
  4888. Set pixel component flags or set flags for all components if @var{all_flags}.
  4889. Available values for component flags are:
  4890. @table @samp
  4891. @item a
  4892. averaged temporal noise (smoother)
  4893. @item p
  4894. mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern
  4895. @item t
  4896. temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
  4897. @item u
  4898. uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
  4899. @end table
  4900. @end table
  4901. @subsection Examples
  4902. Add temporal and uniform noise to input video:
  4903. @example
  4904. noise=alls=20:allf=t+u
  4905. @end example
  4906. @section null
  4907. Pass the video source unchanged to the output.
  4908. @section ocv
  4909. Apply a video transform using libopencv.
  4910. To enable this filter, install the libopencv library and headers and
  4911. configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libopencv}.
  4912. It accepts the following parameters:
  4913. @table @option
  4914. @item filter_name
  4915. The name of the libopencv filter to apply.
  4916. @item filter_params
  4917. The parameters to pass to the libopencv filter. If not specified, the default
  4918. values are assumed.
  4919. @end table
  4920. Refer to the official libopencv documentation for more precise
  4921. information:
  4922. @url{http://docs.opencv.org/master/modules/imgproc/doc/filtering.html}
  4923. Several libopencv filters are supported; see the following subsections.
  4924. @anchor{dilate}
  4925. @subsection dilate
  4926. Dilate an image by using a specific structuring element.
  4927. It corresponds to the libopencv function @code{cvDilate}.
  4928. It accepts the parameters: @var{struct_el}|@var{nb_iterations}.
  4929. @var{struct_el} represents a structuring element, and has the syntax:
  4930. @var{cols}x@var{rows}+@var{anchor_x}x@var{anchor_y}/@var{shape}
  4931. @var{cols} and @var{rows} represent the number of columns and rows of
  4932. the structuring element, @var{anchor_x} and @var{anchor_y} the anchor
  4933. point, and @var{shape} the shape for the structuring element. @var{shape}
  4934. must be "rect", "cross", "ellipse", or "custom".
  4935. If the value for @var{shape} is "custom", it must be followed by a
  4936. string of the form "=@var{filename}". The file with name
  4937. @var{filename} is assumed to represent a binary image, with each
  4938. printable character corresponding to a bright pixel. When a custom
  4939. @var{shape} is used, @var{cols} and @var{rows} are ignored, the number
  4940. or columns and rows of the read file are assumed instead.
  4941. The default value for @var{struct_el} is "3x3+0x0/rect".
  4942. @var{nb_iterations} specifies the number of times the transform is
  4943. applied to the image, and defaults to 1.
  4944. Some examples:
  4945. @example
  4946. # Use the default values
  4947. ocv=dilate
  4948. # Dilate using a structuring element with a 5x5 cross, iterating two times
  4949. ocv=filter_name=dilate:filter_params=5x5+2x2/cross|2
  4950. # Read the shape from the file diamond.shape, iterating two times.
  4951. # The file diamond.shape may contain a pattern of characters like this
  4952. # *
  4953. # ***
  4954. # *****
  4955. # ***
  4956. # *
  4957. # The specified columns and rows are ignored
  4958. # but the anchor point coordinates are not
  4959. ocv=dilate:0x0+2x2/custom=diamond.shape|2
  4960. @end example
  4961. @subsection erode
  4962. Erode an image by using a specific structuring element.
  4963. It corresponds to the libopencv function @code{cvErode}.
  4964. It accepts the parameters: @var{struct_el}:@var{nb_iterations},
  4965. with the same syntax and semantics as the @ref{dilate} filter.
  4966. @subsection smooth
  4967. Smooth the input video.
  4968. The filter takes the following parameters:
  4969. @var{type}|@var{param1}|@var{param2}|@var{param3}|@var{param4}.
  4970. @var{type} is the type of smooth filter to apply, and must be one of
  4971. the following values: "blur", "blur_no_scale", "median", "gaussian",
  4972. or "bilateral". The default value is "gaussian".
  4973. The meaning of @var{param1}, @var{param2}, @var{param3}, and @var{param4}
  4974. depend on the smooth type. @var{param1} and
  4975. @var{param2} accept integer positive values or 0. @var{param3} and
  4976. @var{param4} accept floating point values.
  4977. The default value for @var{param1} is 3. The default value for the
  4978. other parameters is 0.
  4979. These parameters correspond to the parameters assigned to the
  4980. libopencv function @code{cvSmooth}.
  4981. @anchor{overlay}
  4982. @section overlay
  4983. Overlay one video on top of another.
  4984. It takes two inputs and has one output. The first input is the "main"
  4985. video on which the second input is overlaid.
  4986. It accepts the following parameters:
  4987. A description of the accepted options follows.
  4988. @table @option
  4989. @item x
  4990. @item y
  4991. Set the expression for the x and y coordinates of the overlaid video
  4992. on the main video. Default value is "0" for both expressions. In case
  4993. the expression is invalid, it is set to a huge value (meaning that the
  4994. overlay will not be displayed within the output visible area).
  4995. @item eof_action
  4996. The action to take when EOF is encountered on the secondary input; it accepts
  4997. one of the following values:
  4998. @table @option
  4999. @item repeat
  5000. Repeat the last frame (the default).
  5001. @item endall
  5002. End both streams.
  5003. @item pass
  5004. Pass the main input through.
  5005. @end table
  5006. @item eval
  5007. Set when the expressions for @option{x}, and @option{y} are evaluated.
  5008. It accepts the following values:
  5009. @table @samp
  5010. @item init
  5011. only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or
  5012. when a command is processed
  5013. @item frame
  5014. evaluate expressions for each incoming frame
  5015. @end table
  5016. Default value is @samp{frame}.
  5017. @item shortest
  5018. If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input
  5019. terminates. Default value is 0.
  5020. @item format
  5021. Set the format for the output video.
  5022. It accepts the following values:
  5023. @table @samp
  5024. @item yuv420
  5025. force YUV420 output
  5026. @item yuv422
  5027. force YUV422 output
  5028. @item yuv444
  5029. force YUV444 output
  5030. @item rgb
  5031. force RGB output
  5032. @end table
  5033. Default value is @samp{yuv420}.
  5034. @item rgb @emph{(deprecated)}
  5035. If set to 1, force the filter to accept inputs in the RGB
  5036. color space. Default value is 0. This option is deprecated, use
  5037. @option{format} instead.
  5038. @item repeatlast
  5039. If set to 1, force the filter to draw the last overlay frame over the
  5040. main input until the end of the stream. A value of 0 disables this
  5041. behavior. Default value is 1.
  5042. @end table
  5043. The @option{x}, and @option{y} expressions can contain the following
  5044. parameters.
  5045. @table @option
  5046. @item main_w, W
  5047. @item main_h, H
  5048. The main input width and height.
  5049. @item overlay_w, w
  5050. @item overlay_h, h
  5051. The overlay input width and height.
  5052. @item x
  5053. @item y
  5054. The computed values for @var{x} and @var{y}. They are evaluated for
  5055. each new frame.
  5056. @item hsub
  5057. @item vsub
  5058. horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values of the output
  5059. format. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and
  5060. @var{vsub} is 1.
  5061. @item n
  5062. the number of input frame, starting from 0
  5063. @item pos
  5064. the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
  5065. @item t
  5066. The timestamp, expressed in seconds. It's NAN if the input timestamp is unknown.
  5067. @end table
  5068. Note that the @var{n}, @var{pos}, @var{t} variables are available only
  5069. when evaluation is done @emph{per frame}, and will evaluate to NAN
  5070. when @option{eval} is set to @samp{init}.
  5071. Be aware that frames are taken from each input video in timestamp
  5072. order, hence, if their initial timestamps differ, it is a good idea
  5073. to pass the two inputs through a @var{setpts=PTS-STARTPTS} filter to
  5074. have them begin in the same zero timestamp, as the example for
  5075. the @var{movie} filter does.
  5076. You can chain together more overlays but you should test the
  5077. efficiency of such approach.
  5078. @subsection Commands
  5079. This filter supports the following commands:
  5080. @table @option
  5081. @item x
  5082. @item y
  5083. Modify the x and y of the overlay input.
  5084. The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
  5085. If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
  5086. value.
  5087. @end table
  5088. @subsection Examples
  5089. @itemize
  5090. @item
  5091. Draw the overlay at 10 pixels from the bottom right corner of the main
  5092. video:
  5093. @example
  5094. overlay=main_w-overlay_w-10:main_h-overlay_h-10
  5095. @end example
  5096. Using named options the example above becomes:
  5097. @example
  5098. overlay=x=main_w-overlay_w-10:y=main_h-overlay_h-10
  5099. @end example
  5100. @item
  5101. Insert a transparent PNG logo in the bottom left corner of the input,
  5102. using the @command{ffmpeg} tool with the @code{-filter_complex} option:
  5103. @example
  5104. ffmpeg -i input -i logo -filter_complex 'overlay=10:main_h-overlay_h-10' output
  5105. @end example
  5106. @item
  5107. Insert 2 different transparent PNG logos (second logo on bottom
  5108. right corner) using the @command{ffmpeg} tool:
  5109. @example
  5110. ffmpeg -i input -i logo1 -i logo2 -filter_complex 'overlay=x=10:y=H-h-10,overlay=x=W-w-10:y=H-h-10' output
  5111. @end example
  5112. @item
  5113. Add a transparent color layer on top of the main video; @code{WxH}
  5114. must specify the size of the main input to the overlay filter:
  5115. @example
  5116. color=color=red@@.3:size=WxH [over]; [in][over] overlay [out]
  5117. @end example
  5118. @item
  5119. Play an original video and a filtered version (here with the deshake
  5120. filter) side by side using the @command{ffplay} tool:
  5121. @example
  5122. ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[a][b]; [a]pad=iw*2:ih[src]; [b]deshake[filt]; [src][filt]overlay=w'
  5123. @end example
  5124. The above command is the same as:
  5125. @example
  5126. ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[b], pad=iw*2[src], [b]deshake, [src]overlay=w'
  5127. @end example
  5128. @item
  5129. Make a sliding overlay appearing from the left to the right top part of the
  5130. screen starting since time 2:
  5131. @example
  5132. overlay=x='if(gte(t,2), -w+(t-2)*20, NAN)':y=0
  5133. @end example
  5134. @item
  5135. Compose output by putting two input videos side to side:
  5136. @example
  5137. ffmpeg -i left.avi -i right.avi -filter_complex "
  5138. nullsrc=size=200x100 [background];
  5139. [0:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [left];
  5140. [1:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [right];
  5141. [background][left] overlay=shortest=1 [background+left];
  5142. [background+left][right] overlay=shortest=1:x=100 [left+right]
  5143. "
  5144. @end example
  5145. @item
  5146. Mask 10-20 seconds of a video by applying the delogo filter to a section
  5147. @example
  5148. ffmpeg -i test.avi -codec:v:0 wmv2 -ar 11025 -b:v 9000k
  5149. -vf '[in]split[split_main][split_delogo];[split_delogo]trim=start=360:end=371,delogo=0:0:640:480[delogoed];[split_main][delogoed]overlay=eof_action=pass[out]'
  5150. masked.avi
  5151. @end example
  5152. @item
  5153. Chain several overlays in cascade:
  5154. @example
  5155. nullsrc=s=200x200 [bg];
  5156. testsrc=s=100x100, split=4 [in0][in1][in2][in3];
  5157. [in0] lutrgb=r=0, [bg] overlay=0:0 [mid0];
  5158. [in1] lutrgb=g=0, [mid0] overlay=100:0 [mid1];
  5159. [in2] lutrgb=b=0, [mid1] overlay=0:100 [mid2];
  5160. [in3] null, [mid2] overlay=100:100 [out0]
  5161. @end example
  5162. @end itemize
  5163. @section owdenoise
  5164. Apply Overcomplete Wavelet denoiser.
  5165. The filter accepts the following options:
  5166. @table @option
  5167. @item depth
  5168. Set depth.
  5169. Larger depth values will denoise lower frequency components more, but
  5170. slow down filtering.
  5171. Must be an int in the range 8-16, default is @code{8}.
  5172. @item luma_strength, ls
  5173. Set luma strength.
  5174. Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is @code{1.0}.
  5175. @item chroma_strength, cs
  5176. Set chroma strength.
  5177. Must be a double value in the range 0-1000, default is @code{1.0}.
  5178. @end table
  5179. @section pad
  5180. Add paddings to the input image, and place the original input at the
  5181. provided @var{x}, @var{y} coordinates.
  5182. It accepts the following parameters:
  5183. @table @option
  5184. @item width, w
  5185. @item height, h
  5186. Specify an expression for the size of the output image with the
  5187. paddings added. If the value for @var{width} or @var{height} is 0, the
  5188. corresponding input size is used for the output.
  5189. The @var{width} expression can reference the value set by the
  5190. @var{height} expression, and vice versa.
  5191. The default value of @var{width} and @var{height} is 0.
  5192. @item x
  5193. @item y
  5194. Specify the offsets to place the input image at within the padded area,
  5195. with respect to the top/left border of the output image.
  5196. The @var{x} expression can reference the value set by the @var{y}
  5197. expression, and vice versa.
  5198. The default value of @var{x} and @var{y} is 0.
  5199. @item color
  5200. Specify the color of the padded area. For the syntax of this option,
  5201. check the "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
  5202. The default value of @var{color} is "black".
  5203. @end table
  5204. The value for the @var{width}, @var{height}, @var{x}, and @var{y}
  5205. options are expressions containing the following constants:
  5206. @table @option
  5207. @item in_w
  5208. @item in_h
  5209. The input video width and height.
  5210. @item iw
  5211. @item ih
  5212. These are the same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h}.
  5213. @item out_w
  5214. @item out_h
  5215. The output width and height (the size of the padded area), as
  5216. specified by the @var{width} and @var{height} expressions.
  5217. @item ow
  5218. @item oh
  5219. These are the same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}.
  5220. @item x
  5221. @item y
  5222. The x and y offsets as specified by the @var{x} and @var{y}
  5223. expressions, or NAN if not yet specified.
  5224. @item a
  5225. same as @var{iw} / @var{ih}
  5226. @item sar
  5227. input sample aspect ratio
  5228. @item dar
  5229. input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (@var{iw} / @var{ih}) * @var{sar}
  5230. @item hsub
  5231. @item vsub
  5232. The horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
  5233. pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
  5234. @end table
  5235. @subsection Examples
  5236. @itemize
  5237. @item
  5238. Add paddings with the color "violet" to the input video. The output video
  5239. size is 640x480, and the top-left corner of the input video is placed at
  5240. column 0, row 40
  5241. @example
  5242. pad=640:480:0:40:violet
  5243. @end example
  5244. The example above is equivalent to the following command:
  5245. @example
  5246. pad=width=640:height=480:x=0:y=40:color=violet
  5247. @end example
  5248. @item
  5249. Pad the input to get an output with dimensions increased by 3/2,
  5250. and put the input video at the center of the padded area:
  5251. @example
  5252. pad="3/2*iw:3/2*ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
  5253. @end example
  5254. @item
  5255. Pad the input to get a squared output with size equal to the maximum
  5256. value between the input width and height, and put the input video at
  5257. the center of the padded area:
  5258. @example
  5259. pad="max(iw\,ih):ow:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
  5260. @end example
  5261. @item
  5262. Pad the input to get a final w/h ratio of 16:9:
  5263. @example
  5264. pad="ih*16/9:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
  5265. @end example
  5266. @item
  5267. In case of anamorphic video, in order to set the output display aspect
  5268. correctly, it is necessary to use @var{sar} in the expression,
  5269. according to the relation:
  5270. @example
  5271. (ih * X / ih) * sar = output_dar
  5272. X = output_dar / sar
  5273. @end example
  5274. Thus the previous example needs to be modified to:
  5275. @example
  5276. pad="ih*16/9/sar:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
  5277. @end example
  5278. @item
  5279. Double the output size and put the input video in the bottom-right
  5280. corner of the output padded area:
  5281. @example
  5282. pad="2*iw:2*ih:ow-iw:oh-ih"
  5283. @end example
  5284. @end itemize
  5285. @section perspective
  5286. Correct perspective of video not recorded perpendicular to the screen.
  5287. A description of the accepted parameters follows.
  5288. @table @option
  5289. @item x0
  5290. @item y0
  5291. @item x1
  5292. @item y1
  5293. @item x2
  5294. @item y2
  5295. @item x3
  5296. @item y3
  5297. Set coordinates expression for top left, top right, bottom left and bottom right corners.
  5298. Default values are @code{0:0:W:0:0:H:W:H} with which perspective will remain unchanged.
  5299. If the @code{sense} option is set to @code{source}, then the specified points will be sent
  5300. to the corners of the destination. If the @code{sense} option is set to @code{destination},
  5301. then the corners of the source will be sent to the specified coordinates.
  5302. The expressions can use the following variables:
  5303. @table @option
  5304. @item W
  5305. @item H
  5306. the width and height of video frame.
  5307. @end table
  5308. @item interpolation
  5309. Set interpolation for perspective correction.
  5310. It accepts the following values:
  5311. @table @samp
  5312. @item linear
  5313. @item cubic
  5314. @end table
  5315. Default value is @samp{linear}.
  5316. @item sense
  5317. Set interpretation of coordinate options.
  5318. It accepts the following values:
  5319. @table @samp
  5320. @item 0, source
  5321. Send point in the source specified by the given coordinates to
  5322. the corners of the destination.
  5323. @item 1, destination
  5324. Send the corners of the source to the point in the destination specified
  5325. by the given coordinates.
  5326. Default value is @samp{source}.
  5327. @end table
  5328. @end table
  5329. @section phase
  5330. Delay interlaced video by one field time so that the field order changes.
  5331. The intended use is to fix PAL movies that have been captured with the
  5332. opposite field order to the film-to-video transfer.
  5333. A description of the accepted parameters follows.
  5334. @table @option
  5335. @item mode
  5336. Set phase mode.
  5337. It accepts the following values:
  5338. @table @samp
  5339. @item t
  5340. Capture field order top-first, transfer bottom-first.
  5341. Filter will delay the bottom field.
  5342. @item b
  5343. Capture field order bottom-first, transfer top-first.
  5344. Filter will delay the top field.
  5345. @item p
  5346. Capture and transfer with the same field order. This mode only exists
  5347. for the documentation of the other options to refer to, but if you
  5348. actually select it, the filter will faithfully do nothing.
  5349. @item a
  5350. Capture field order determined automatically by field flags, transfer
  5351. opposite.
  5352. Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{b} modes on a frame by frame
  5353. basis using field flags. If no field information is available,
  5354. then this works just like @samp{u}.
  5355. @item u
  5356. Capture unknown or varying, transfer opposite.
  5357. Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{b} on a frame by frame basis by
  5358. analyzing the images and selecting the alternative that produces best
  5359. match between the fields.
  5360. @item T
  5361. Capture top-first, transfer unknown or varying.
  5362. Filter selects among @samp{t} and @samp{p} using image analysis.
  5363. @item B
  5364. Capture bottom-first, transfer unknown or varying.
  5365. Filter selects among @samp{b} and @samp{p} using image analysis.
  5366. @item A
  5367. Capture determined by field flags, transfer unknown or varying.
  5368. Filter selects among @samp{t}, @samp{b} and @samp{p} using field flags and
  5369. image analysis. If no field information is available, then this works just
  5370. like @samp{U}. This is the default mode.
  5371. @item U
  5372. Both capture and transfer unknown or varying.
  5373. Filter selects among @samp{t}, @samp{b} and @samp{p} using image analysis only.
  5374. @end table
  5375. @end table
  5376. @section pixdesctest
  5377. Pixel format descriptor test filter, mainly useful for internal
  5378. testing. The output video should be equal to the input video.
  5379. For example:
  5380. @example
  5381. format=monow, pixdesctest
  5382. @end example
  5383. can be used to test the monowhite pixel format descriptor definition.
  5384. @section pp
  5385. Enable the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters using libpostproc. This
  5386. library should be automatically selected with a GPL build (@code{--enable-gpl}).
  5387. Subfilters must be separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepending a '-'.
  5388. Each subfilter and some options have a short and a long name that can be used
  5389. interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering are the same.
  5390. The filters accept the following options:
  5391. @table @option
  5392. @item subfilters
  5393. Set postprocessing subfilters string.
  5394. @end table
  5395. All subfilters share common options to determine their scope:
  5396. @table @option
  5397. @item a/autoq
  5398. Honor the quality commands for this subfilter.
  5399. @item c/chrom
  5400. Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
  5401. @item y/nochrom
  5402. Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
  5403. @item n/noluma
  5404. Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).
  5405. @end table
  5406. These options can be appended after the subfilter name, separated by a '|'.
  5407. Available subfilters are:
  5408. @table @option
  5409. @item hb/hdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
  5410. Horizontal deblocking filter
  5411. @table @option
  5412. @item difference
  5413. Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
  5414. @item flatness
  5415. Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
  5416. @end table
  5417. @item vb/vdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
  5418. Vertical deblocking filter
  5419. @table @option
  5420. @item difference
  5421. Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
  5422. @item flatness
  5423. Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
  5424. @end table
  5425. @item ha/hadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
  5426. Accurate horizontal deblocking filter
  5427. @table @option
  5428. @item difference
  5429. Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
  5430. @item flatness
  5431. Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
  5432. @end table
  5433. @item va/vadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]
  5434. Accurate vertical deblocking filter
  5435. @table @option
  5436. @item difference
  5437. Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: @code{32}).
  5438. @item flatness
  5439. Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: @code{39}).
  5440. @end table
  5441. @end table
  5442. The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the difference and
  5443. flatness values so you cannot set different horizontal and vertical
  5444. thresholds.
  5445. @table @option
  5446. @item h1/x1hdeblock
  5447. Experimental horizontal deblocking filter
  5448. @item v1/x1vdeblock
  5449. Experimental vertical deblocking filter
  5450. @item dr/dering
  5451. Deringing filter
  5452. @item tn/tmpnoise[|threshold1[|threshold2[|threshold3]]], temporal noise reducer
  5453. @table @option
  5454. @item threshold1
  5455. larger -> stronger filtering
  5456. @item threshold2
  5457. larger -> stronger filtering
  5458. @item threshold3
  5459. larger -> stronger filtering
  5460. @end table
  5461. @item al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange], automatic brightness / contrast correction
  5462. @table @option
  5463. @item f/fullyrange
  5464. Stretch luminance to @code{0-255}.
  5465. @end table
  5466. @item lb/linblenddeint
  5467. Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
  5468. filtering all lines with a @code{(1 2 1)} filter.
  5469. @item li/linipoldeint
  5470. Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
  5471. linearly interpolating every second line.
  5472. @item ci/cubicipoldeint
  5473. Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the given block by
  5474. cubically interpolating every second line.
  5475. @item md/mediandeint
  5476. Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by applying a
  5477. median filter to every second line.
  5478. @item fd/ffmpegdeint
  5479. FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering every
  5480. second line with a @code{(-1 4 2 4 -1)} filter.
  5481. @item l5/lowpass5
  5482. Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
  5483. block by filtering all lines with a @code{(-1 2 6 2 -1)} filter.
  5484. @item fq/forceQuant[|quantizer]
  5485. Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the constant quantizer you
  5486. specify.
  5487. @table @option
  5488. @item quantizer
  5489. Quantizer to use
  5490. @end table
  5491. @item de/default
  5492. Default pp filter combination (@code{hb|a,vb|a,dr|a})
  5493. @item fa/fast
  5494. Fast pp filter combination (@code{h1|a,v1|a,dr|a})
  5495. @item ac
  5496. High quality pp filter combination (@code{ha|a|128|7,va|a,dr|a})
  5497. @end table
  5498. @subsection Examples
  5499. @itemize
  5500. @item
  5501. Apply horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic
  5502. brightness/contrast:
  5503. @example
  5504. pp=hb/vb/dr/al
  5505. @end example
  5506. @item
  5507. Apply default filters without brightness/contrast correction:
  5508. @example
  5509. pp=de/-al
  5510. @end example
  5511. @item
  5512. Apply default filters and temporal denoiser:
  5513. @example
  5514. pp=default/tmpnoise|1|2|3
  5515. @end example
  5516. @item
  5517. Apply deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical deblocking on or off
  5518. automatically depending on available CPU time:
  5519. @example
  5520. pp=hb|y/vb|a
  5521. @end example
  5522. @end itemize
  5523. @section pp7
  5524. Apply Postprocessing filter 7. It is variant of the @ref{spp} filter,
  5525. similar to spp = 6 with 7 point DCT, where only the center sample is
  5526. used after IDCT.
  5527. The filter accepts the following options:
  5528. @table @option
  5529. @item qp
  5530. Force a constant quantization parameter. It accepts an integer in range
  5531. 0 to 63. If not set, the filter will use the QP from the video stream
  5532. (if available).
  5533. @item mode
  5534. Set thresholding mode. Available modes are:
  5535. @table @samp
  5536. @item hard
  5537. Set hard thresholding.
  5538. @item soft
  5539. Set soft thresholding (better de-ringing effect, but likely blurrier).
  5540. @item medium
  5541. Set medium thresholding (good results, default).
  5542. @end table
  5543. @end table
  5544. @section psnr
  5545. Obtain the average, maximum and minimum PSNR (Peak Signal to Noise
  5546. Ratio) between two input videos.
  5547. This filter takes in input two input videos, the first input is
  5548. considered the "main" source and is passed unchanged to the
  5549. output. The second input is used as a "reference" video for computing
  5550. the PSNR.
  5551. Both video inputs must have the same resolution and pixel format for
  5552. this filter to work correctly. Also it assumes that both inputs
  5553. have the same number of frames, which are compared one by one.
  5554. The obtained average PSNR is printed through the logging system.
  5555. The filter stores the accumulated MSE (mean squared error) of each
  5556. frame, and at the end of the processing it is averaged across all frames
  5557. equally, and the following formula is applied to obtain the PSNR:
  5558. @example
  5559. PSNR = 10*log10(MAX^2/MSE)
  5560. @end example
  5561. Where MAX is the average of the maximum values of each component of the
  5562. image.
  5563. The description of the accepted parameters follows.
  5564. @table @option
  5565. @item stats_file, f
  5566. If specified the filter will use the named file to save the PSNR of
  5567. each individual frame.
  5568. @end table
  5569. The file printed if @var{stats_file} is selected, contains a sequence of
  5570. key/value pairs of the form @var{key}:@var{value} for each compared
  5571. couple of frames.
  5572. A description of each shown parameter follows:
  5573. @table @option
  5574. @item n
  5575. sequential number of the input frame, starting from 1
  5576. @item mse_avg
  5577. Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared
  5578. frames, averaged over all the image components.
  5579. @item mse_y, mse_u, mse_v, mse_r, mse_g, mse_g, mse_a
  5580. Mean Square Error pixel-by-pixel average difference of the compared
  5581. frames for the component specified by the suffix.
  5582. @item psnr_y, psnr_u, psnr_v, psnr_r, psnr_g, psnr_b, psnr_a
  5583. Peak Signal to Noise ratio of the compared frames for the component
  5584. specified by the suffix.
  5585. @end table
  5586. For example:
  5587. @example
  5588. movie=ref_movie.mpg, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
  5589. [main][ref] psnr="stats_file=stats.log" [out]
  5590. @end example
  5591. On this example the input file being processed is compared with the
  5592. reference file @file{ref_movie.mpg}. The PSNR of each individual frame
  5593. is stored in @file{stats.log}.
  5594. @anchor{pullup}
  5595. @section pullup
  5596. Pulldown reversal (inverse telecine) filter, capable of handling mixed
  5597. hard-telecine, 24000/1001 fps progressive, and 30000/1001 fps progressive
  5598. content.
  5599. The pullup filter is designed to take advantage of future context in making
  5600. its decisions. This filter is stateless in the sense that it does not lock
  5601. onto a pattern to follow, but it instead looks forward to the following
  5602. fields in order to identify matches and rebuild progressive frames.
  5603. To produce content with an even framerate, insert the fps filter after
  5604. pullup, use @code{fps=24000/1001} if the input frame rate is 29.97fps,
  5605. @code{fps=24} for 30fps and the (rare) telecined 25fps input.
  5606. The filter accepts the following options:
  5607. @table @option
  5608. @item jl
  5609. @item jr
  5610. @item jt
  5611. @item jb
  5612. These options set the amount of "junk" to ignore at the left, right, top, and
  5613. bottom of the image, respectively. Left and right are in units of 8 pixels,
  5614. while top and bottom are in units of 2 lines.
  5615. The default is 8 pixels on each side.
  5616. @item sb
  5617. Set the strict breaks. Setting this option to 1 will reduce the chances of
  5618. filter generating an occasional mismatched frame, but it may also cause an
  5619. excessive number of frames to be dropped during high motion sequences.
  5620. Conversely, setting it to -1 will make filter match fields more easily.
  5621. This may help processing of video where there is slight blurring between
  5622. the fields, but may also cause there to be interlaced frames in the output.
  5623. Default value is @code{0}.
  5624. @item mp
  5625. Set the metric plane to use. It accepts the following values:
  5626. @table @samp
  5627. @item l
  5628. Use luma plane.
  5629. @item u
  5630. Use chroma blue plane.
  5631. @item v
  5632. Use chroma red plane.
  5633. @end table
  5634. This option may be set to use chroma plane instead of the default luma plane
  5635. for doing filter's computations. This may improve accuracy on very clean
  5636. source material, but more likely will decrease accuracy, especially if there
  5637. is chroma noise (rainbow effect) or any grayscale video.
  5638. The main purpose of setting @option{mp} to a chroma plane is to reduce CPU
  5639. load and make pullup usable in realtime on slow machines.
  5640. @end table
  5641. For best results (without duplicated frames in the output file) it is
  5642. necessary to change the output frame rate. For example, to inverse
  5643. telecine NTSC input:
  5644. @example
  5645. ffmpeg -i input -vf pullup -r 24000/1001 ...
  5646. @end example
  5647. @section qp
  5648. Change video quantization parameters (QP).
  5649. The filter accepts the following option:
  5650. @table @option
  5651. @item qp
  5652. Set expression for quantization parameter.
  5653. @end table
  5654. The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain, among others,
  5655. the following constants:
  5656. @table @var
  5657. @item known
  5658. 1 if index is not 129, 0 otherwise.
  5659. @item qp
  5660. Sequentional index starting from -129 to 128.
  5661. @end table
  5662. @subsection Examples
  5663. @itemize
  5664. @item
  5665. Some equation like:
  5666. @example
  5667. qp=2+2*sin(PI*qp)
  5668. @end example
  5669. @end itemize
  5670. @section removelogo
  5671. Suppress a TV station logo, using an image file to determine which
  5672. pixels comprise the logo. It works by filling in the pixels that
  5673. comprise the logo with neighboring pixels.
  5674. The filter accepts the following options:
  5675. @table @option
  5676. @item filename, f
  5677. Set the filter bitmap file, which can be any image format supported by
  5678. libavformat. The width and height of the image file must match those of the
  5679. video stream being processed.
  5680. @end table
  5681. Pixels in the provided bitmap image with a value of zero are not
  5682. considered part of the logo, non-zero pixels are considered part of
  5683. the logo. If you use white (255) for the logo and black (0) for the
  5684. rest, you will be safe. For making the filter bitmap, it is
  5685. recommended to take a screen capture of a black frame with the logo
  5686. visible, and then using a threshold filter followed by the erode
  5687. filter once or twice.
  5688. If needed, little splotches can be fixed manually. Remember that if
  5689. logo pixels are not covered, the filter quality will be much
  5690. reduced. Marking too many pixels as part of the logo does not hurt as
  5691. much, but it will increase the amount of blurring needed to cover over
  5692. the image and will destroy more information than necessary, and extra
  5693. pixels will slow things down on a large logo.
  5694. @section repeatfields
  5695. This filter uses the repeat_field flag from the Video ES headers and hard repeats
  5696. fields based on its value.
  5697. @section rotate
  5698. Rotate video by an arbitrary angle expressed in radians.
  5699. The filter accepts the following options:
  5700. A description of the optional parameters follows.
  5701. @table @option
  5702. @item angle, a
  5703. Set an expression for the angle by which to rotate the input video
  5704. clockwise, expressed as a number of radians. A negative value will
  5705. result in a counter-clockwise rotation. By default it is set to "0".
  5706. This expression is evaluated for each frame.
  5707. @item out_w, ow
  5708. Set the output width expression, default value is "iw".
  5709. This expression is evaluated just once during configuration.
  5710. @item out_h, oh
  5711. Set the output height expression, default value is "ih".
  5712. This expression is evaluated just once during configuration.
  5713. @item bilinear
  5714. Enable bilinear interpolation if set to 1, a value of 0 disables
  5715. it. Default value is 1.
  5716. @item fillcolor, c
  5717. Set the color used to fill the output area not covered by the rotated
  5718. image. For the general syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the
  5719. ffmpeg-utils manual. If the special value "none" is selected then no
  5720. background is printed (useful for example if the background is never shown).
  5721. Default value is "black".
  5722. @end table
  5723. The expressions for the angle and the output size can contain the
  5724. following constants and functions:
  5725. @table @option
  5726. @item n
  5727. sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0. It is always NAN
  5728. before the first frame is filtered.
  5729. @item t
  5730. time in seconds of the input frame, it is set to 0 when the filter is
  5731. configured. It is always NAN before the first frame is filtered.
  5732. @item hsub
  5733. @item vsub
  5734. horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
  5735. pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
  5736. @item in_w, iw
  5737. @item in_h, ih
  5738. the input video width and height
  5739. @item out_w, ow
  5740. @item out_h, oh
  5741. the output width and height, that is the size of the padded area as
  5742. specified by the @var{width} and @var{height} expressions
  5743. @item rotw(a)
  5744. @item roth(a)
  5745. the minimal width/height required for completely containing the input
  5746. video rotated by @var{a} radians.
  5747. These are only available when computing the @option{out_w} and
  5748. @option{out_h} expressions.
  5749. @end table
  5750. @subsection Examples
  5751. @itemize
  5752. @item
  5753. Rotate the input by PI/6 radians clockwise:
  5754. @example
  5755. rotate=PI/6
  5756. @end example
  5757. @item
  5758. Rotate the input by PI/6 radians counter-clockwise:
  5759. @example
  5760. rotate=-PI/6
  5761. @end example
  5762. @item
  5763. Rotate the input by 45 degrees clockwise:
  5764. @example
  5765. rotate=45*PI/180
  5766. @end example
  5767. @item
  5768. Apply a constant rotation with period T, starting from an angle of PI/3:
  5769. @example
  5770. rotate=PI/3+2*PI*t/T
  5771. @end example
  5772. @item
  5773. Make the input video rotation oscillating with a period of T
  5774. seconds and an amplitude of A radians:
  5775. @example
  5776. rotate=A*sin(2*PI/T*t)
  5777. @end example
  5778. @item
  5779. Rotate the video, output size is chosen so that the whole rotating
  5780. input video is always completely contained in the output:
  5781. @example
  5782. rotate='2*PI*t:ow=hypot(iw,ih):oh=ow'
  5783. @end example
  5784. @item
  5785. Rotate the video, reduce the output size so that no background is ever
  5786. shown:
  5787. @example
  5788. rotate=2*PI*t:ow='min(iw,ih)/sqrt(2)':oh=ow:c=none
  5789. @end example
  5790. @end itemize
  5791. @subsection Commands
  5792. The filter supports the following commands:
  5793. @table @option
  5794. @item a, angle
  5795. Set the angle expression.
  5796. The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
  5797. If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
  5798. value.
  5799. @end table
  5800. @section sab
  5801. Apply Shape Adaptive Blur.
  5802. The filter accepts the following options:
  5803. @table @option
  5804. @item luma_radius, lr
  5805. Set luma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0, default
  5806. value is 1.0. A greater value will result in a more blurred image, and
  5807. in slower processing.
  5808. @item luma_pre_filter_radius, lpfr
  5809. Set luma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range, default
  5810. value is 1.0.
  5811. @item luma_strength, ls
  5812. Set luma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered, must
  5813. be a value in the 0.1-100.0 range, default value is 1.0.
  5814. @item chroma_radius, cr
  5815. Set chroma blur filter strength, must be a value in range 0.1-4.0. A
  5816. greater value will result in a more blurred image, and in slower
  5817. processing.
  5818. @item chroma_pre_filter_radius, cpfr
  5819. Set chroma pre-filter radius, must be a value in the 0.1-2.0 range.
  5820. @item chroma_strength, cs
  5821. Set chroma maximum difference between pixels to still be considered,
  5822. must be a value in the 0.1-100.0 range.
  5823. @end table
  5824. Each chroma option value, if not explicitly specified, is set to the
  5825. corresponding luma option value.
  5826. @anchor{scale}
  5827. @section scale
  5828. Scale (resize) the input video, using the libswscale library.
  5829. The scale filter forces the output display aspect ratio to be the same
  5830. of the input, by changing the output sample aspect ratio.
  5831. If the input image format is different from the format requested by
  5832. the next filter, the scale filter will convert the input to the
  5833. requested format.
  5834. @subsection Options
  5835. The filter accepts the following options, or any of the options
  5836. supported by the libswscale scaler.
  5837. See @ref{scaler_options,,the ffmpeg-scaler manual,ffmpeg-scaler} for
  5838. the complete list of scaler options.
  5839. @table @option
  5840. @item width, w
  5841. @item height, h
  5842. Set the output video dimension expression. Default value is the input
  5843. dimension.
  5844. If the value is 0, the input width is used for the output.
  5845. If one of the values is -1, the scale filter will use a value that
  5846. maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the
  5847. other specified dimension. If both of them are -1, the input size is
  5848. used
  5849. If one of the values is -n with n > 1, the scale filter will also use a value
  5850. that maintains the aspect ratio of the input image, calculated from the other
  5851. specified dimension. After that it will, however, make sure that the calculated
  5852. dimension is divisible by n and adjust the value if necessary.
  5853. See below for the list of accepted constants for use in the dimension
  5854. expression.
  5855. @item interl
  5856. Set the interlacing mode. It accepts the following values:
  5857. @table @samp
  5858. @item 1
  5859. Force interlaced aware scaling.
  5860. @item 0
  5861. Do not apply interlaced scaling.
  5862. @item -1
  5863. Select interlaced aware scaling depending on whether the source frames
  5864. are flagged as interlaced or not.
  5865. @end table
  5866. Default value is @samp{0}.
  5867. @item flags
  5868. Set libswscale scaling flags. See
  5869. @ref{sws_flags,,the ffmpeg-scaler manual,ffmpeg-scaler} for the
  5870. complete list of values. If not explicitly specified the filter applies
  5871. the default flags.
  5872. @item size, s
  5873. Set the video size. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size"
  5874. section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
  5875. @item in_color_matrix
  5876. @item out_color_matrix
  5877. Set in/output YCbCr color space type.
  5878. This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing
  5879. a specific value used for the output and encoder.
  5880. If not specified, the color space type depends on the pixel format.
  5881. Possible values:
  5882. @table @samp
  5883. @item auto
  5884. Choose automatically.
  5885. @item bt709
  5886. Format conforming to International Telecommunication Union (ITU)
  5887. Recommendation BT.709.
  5888. @item fcc
  5889. Set color space conforming to the United States Federal Communications
  5890. Commission (FCC) Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Title 47 (2003) 73.682 (a).
  5891. @item bt601
  5892. Set color space conforming to:
  5893. @itemize
  5894. @item
  5895. ITU Radiocommunication Sector (ITU-R) Recommendation BT.601
  5896. @item
  5897. ITU-R Rec. BT.470-6 (1998) Systems B, B1, and G
  5898. @item
  5899. Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE) ST 170:2004
  5900. @end itemize
  5901. @item smpte240m
  5902. Set color space conforming to SMPTE ST 240:1999.
  5903. @end table
  5904. @item in_range
  5905. @item out_range
  5906. Set in/output YCbCr sample range.
  5907. This allows the autodetected value to be overridden as well as allows forcing
  5908. a specific value used for the output and encoder. If not specified, the
  5909. range depends on the pixel format. Possible values:
  5910. @table @samp
  5911. @item auto
  5912. Choose automatically.
  5913. @item jpeg/full/pc
  5914. Set full range (0-255 in case of 8-bit luma).
  5915. @item mpeg/tv
  5916. Set "MPEG" range (16-235 in case of 8-bit luma).
  5917. @end table
  5918. @item force_original_aspect_ratio
  5919. Enable decreasing or increasing output video width or height if necessary to
  5920. keep the original aspect ratio. Possible values:
  5921. @table @samp
  5922. @item disable
  5923. Scale the video as specified and disable this feature.
  5924. @item decrease
  5925. The output video dimensions will automatically be decreased if needed.
  5926. @item increase
  5927. The output video dimensions will automatically be increased if needed.
  5928. @end table
  5929. One useful instance of this option is that when you know a specific device's
  5930. maximum allowed resolution, you can use this to limit the output video to
  5931. that, while retaining the aspect ratio. For example, device A allows
  5932. 1280x720 playback, and your video is 1920x800. Using this option (set it to
  5933. decrease) and specifying 1280x720 to the command line makes the output
  5934. 1280x533.
  5935. Please note that this is a different thing than specifying -1 for @option{w}
  5936. or @option{h}, you still need to specify the output resolution for this option
  5937. to work.
  5938. @end table
  5939. The values of the @option{w} and @option{h} options are expressions
  5940. containing the following constants:
  5941. @table @var
  5942. @item in_w
  5943. @item in_h
  5944. The input width and height
  5945. @item iw
  5946. @item ih
  5947. These are the same as @var{in_w} and @var{in_h}.
  5948. @item out_w
  5949. @item out_h
  5950. The output (scaled) width and height
  5951. @item ow
  5952. @item oh
  5953. These are the same as @var{out_w} and @var{out_h}
  5954. @item a
  5955. The same as @var{iw} / @var{ih}
  5956. @item sar
  5957. input sample aspect ratio
  5958. @item dar
  5959. The input display aspect ratio. Calculated from @code{(iw / ih) * sar}.
  5960. @item hsub
  5961. @item vsub
  5962. horizontal and vertical input chroma subsample values. For example for the
  5963. pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
  5964. @item ohsub
  5965. @item ovsub
  5966. horizontal and vertical output chroma subsample values. For example for the
  5967. pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
  5968. @end table
  5969. @subsection Examples
  5970. @itemize
  5971. @item
  5972. Scale the input video to a size of 200x100
  5973. @example
  5974. scale=w=200:h=100
  5975. @end example
  5976. This is equivalent to:
  5977. @example
  5978. scale=200:100
  5979. @end example
  5980. or:
  5981. @example
  5982. scale=200x100
  5983. @end example
  5984. @item
  5985. Specify a size abbreviation for the output size:
  5986. @example
  5987. scale=qcif
  5988. @end example
  5989. which can also be written as:
  5990. @example
  5991. scale=size=qcif
  5992. @end example
  5993. @item
  5994. Scale the input to 2x:
  5995. @example
  5996. scale=w=2*iw:h=2*ih
  5997. @end example
  5998. @item
  5999. The above is the same as:
  6000. @example
  6001. scale=2*in_w:2*in_h
  6002. @end example
  6003. @item
  6004. Scale the input to 2x with forced interlaced scaling:
  6005. @example
  6006. scale=2*iw:2*ih:interl=1
  6007. @end example
  6008. @item
  6009. Scale the input to half size:
  6010. @example
  6011. scale=w=iw/2:h=ih/2
  6012. @end example
  6013. @item
  6014. Increase the width, and set the height to the same size:
  6015. @example
  6016. scale=3/2*iw:ow
  6017. @end example
  6018. @item
  6019. Seek Greek harmony:
  6020. @example
  6021. scale=iw:1/PHI*iw
  6022. scale=ih*PHI:ih
  6023. @end example
  6024. @item
  6025. Increase the height, and set the width to 3/2 of the height:
  6026. @example
  6027. scale=w=3/2*oh:h=3/5*ih
  6028. @end example
  6029. @item
  6030. Increase the size, making the size a multiple of the chroma
  6031. subsample values:
  6032. @example
  6033. scale="trunc(3/2*iw/hsub)*hsub:trunc(3/2*ih/vsub)*vsub"
  6034. @end example
  6035. @item
  6036. Increase the width to a maximum of 500 pixels,
  6037. keeping the same aspect ratio as the input:
  6038. @example
  6039. scale=w='min(500\, iw*3/2):h=-1'
  6040. @end example
  6041. @end itemize
  6042. @section separatefields
  6043. The @code{separatefields} takes a frame-based video input and splits
  6044. each frame into its components fields, producing a new half height clip
  6045. with twice the frame rate and twice the frame count.
  6046. This filter use field-dominance information in frame to decide which
  6047. of each pair of fields to place first in the output.
  6048. If it gets it wrong use @ref{setfield} filter before @code{separatefields} filter.
  6049. @section setdar, setsar
  6050. The @code{setdar} filter sets the Display Aspect Ratio for the filter
  6051. output video.
  6052. This is done by changing the specified Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect
  6053. Ratio, according to the following equation:
  6054. @example
  6055. @var{DAR} = @var{HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION} / @var{VERTICAL_RESOLUTION} * @var{SAR}
  6056. @end example
  6057. Keep in mind that the @code{setdar} filter does not modify the pixel
  6058. dimensions of the video frame. Also, the display aspect ratio set by
  6059. this filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain,
  6060. e.g. in case of scaling or if another "setdar" or a "setsar" filter is
  6061. applied.
  6062. The @code{setsar} filter sets the Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect Ratio for
  6063. the filter output video.
  6064. Note that as a consequence of the application of this filter, the
  6065. output display aspect ratio will change according to the equation
  6066. above.
  6067. Keep in mind that the sample aspect ratio set by the @code{setsar}
  6068. filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain, e.g. if
  6069. another "setsar" or a "setdar" filter is applied.
  6070. It accepts the following parameters:
  6071. @table @option
  6072. @item r, ratio, dar (@code{setdar} only), sar (@code{setsar} only)
  6073. Set the aspect ratio used by the filter.
  6074. The parameter can be a floating point number string, an expression, or
  6075. a string of the form @var{num}:@var{den}, where @var{num} and
  6076. @var{den} are the numerator and denominator of the aspect ratio. If
  6077. the parameter is not specified, it is assumed the value "0".
  6078. In case the form "@var{num}:@var{den}" is used, the @code{:} character
  6079. should be escaped.
  6080. @item max
  6081. Set the maximum integer value to use for expressing numerator and
  6082. denominator when reducing the expressed aspect ratio to a rational.
  6083. Default value is @code{100}.
  6084. @end table
  6085. The parameter @var{sar} is an expression containing
  6086. the following constants:
  6087. @table @option
  6088. @item E, PI, PHI
  6089. These are approximated values for the mathematical constants e
  6090. (Euler's number), pi (Greek pi), and phi (the golden ratio).
  6091. @item w, h
  6092. The input width and height.
  6093. @item a
  6094. These are the same as @var{w} / @var{h}.
  6095. @item sar
  6096. The input sample aspect ratio.
  6097. @item dar
  6098. The input display aspect ratio. It is the same as
  6099. (@var{w} / @var{h}) * @var{sar}.
  6100. @item hsub, vsub
  6101. Horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example, for the
  6102. pixel format "yuv422p" @var{hsub} is 2 and @var{vsub} is 1.
  6103. @end table
  6104. @subsection Examples
  6105. @itemize
  6106. @item
  6107. To change the display aspect ratio to 16:9, specify one of the following:
  6108. @example
  6109. setdar=dar=1.77777
  6110. setdar=dar=16/9
  6111. setdar=dar=1.77777
  6112. @end example
  6113. @item
  6114. To change the sample aspect ratio to 10:11, specify:
  6115. @example
  6116. setsar=sar=10/11
  6117. @end example
  6118. @item
  6119. To set a display aspect ratio of 16:9, and specify a maximum integer value of
  6120. 1000 in the aspect ratio reduction, use the command:
  6121. @example
  6122. setdar=ratio=16/9:max=1000
  6123. @end example
  6124. @end itemize
  6125. @anchor{setfield}
  6126. @section setfield
  6127. Force field for the output video frame.
  6128. The @code{setfield} filter marks the interlace type field for the
  6129. output frames. It does not change the input frame, but only sets the
  6130. corresponding property, which affects how the frame is treated by
  6131. following filters (e.g. @code{fieldorder} or @code{yadif}).
  6132. The filter accepts the following options:
  6133. @table @option
  6134. @item mode
  6135. Available values are:
  6136. @table @samp
  6137. @item auto
  6138. Keep the same field property.
  6139. @item bff
  6140. Mark the frame as bottom-field-first.
  6141. @item tff
  6142. Mark the frame as top-field-first.
  6143. @item prog
  6144. Mark the frame as progressive.
  6145. @end table
  6146. @end table
  6147. @section showinfo
  6148. Show a line containing various information for each input video frame.
  6149. The input video is not modified.
  6150. The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form
  6151. @var{key}:@var{value}.
  6152. The following values are shown in the output:
  6153. @table @option
  6154. @item n
  6155. The (sequential) number of the input frame, starting from 0.
  6156. @item pts
  6157. The Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
  6158. time base units. The time base unit depends on the filter input pad.
  6159. @item pts_time
  6160. The Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
  6161. seconds.
  6162. @item pos
  6163. The position of the frame in the input stream, or -1 if this information is
  6164. unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic video).
  6165. @item fmt
  6166. The pixel format name.
  6167. @item sar
  6168. The sample aspect ratio of the input frame, expressed in the form
  6169. @var{num}/@var{den}.
  6170. @item s
  6171. The size of the input frame. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size"
  6172. section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
  6173. @item i
  6174. The type of interlaced mode ("P" for "progressive", "T" for top field first, "B"
  6175. for bottom field first).
  6176. @item iskey
  6177. This is 1 if the frame is a key frame, 0 otherwise.
  6178. @item type
  6179. The picture type of the input frame ("I" for an I-frame, "P" for a
  6180. P-frame, "B" for a B-frame, or "?" for an unknown type).
  6181. Also refer to the documentation of the @code{AVPictureType} enum and of
  6182. the @code{av_get_picture_type_char} function defined in
  6183. @file{libavutil/avutil.h}.
  6184. @item checksum
  6185. The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of all the planes of the input frame.
  6186. @item plane_checksum
  6187. The Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of each plane of the input frame,
  6188. expressed in the form "[@var{c0} @var{c1} @var{c2} @var{c3}]".
  6189. @end table
  6190. @section showpalette
  6191. Displays the 256 colors palette of each frame. This filter is only relevant for
  6192. @var{pal8} pixel format frames.
  6193. It accepts the following option:
  6194. @table @option
  6195. @item s
  6196. Set the size of the box used to represent one palette color entry. Default is
  6197. @code{30} (for a @code{30x30} pixel box).
  6198. @end table
  6199. @section shuffleplanes
  6200. Reorder and/or duplicate video planes.
  6201. It accepts the following parameters:
  6202. @table @option
  6203. @item map0
  6204. The index of the input plane to be used as the first output plane.
  6205. @item map1
  6206. The index of the input plane to be used as the second output plane.
  6207. @item map2
  6208. The index of the input plane to be used as the third output plane.
  6209. @item map3
  6210. The index of the input plane to be used as the fourth output plane.
  6211. @end table
  6212. The first plane has the index 0. The default is to keep the input unchanged.
  6213. Swap the second and third planes of the input:
  6214. @example
  6215. ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf shuffleplanes=0:2:1:3 OUTPUT
  6216. @end example
  6217. @section signalstats
  6218. Evaluate various visual metrics that assist in determining issues associated
  6219. with the digitization of analog video media.
  6220. By default the filter will log these metadata values:
  6221. @table @option
  6222. @item YMIN
  6223. Display the minimal Y value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
  6224. range of [0-255].
  6225. @item YLOW
  6226. Display the Y value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in
  6227. range of [0-255].
  6228. @item YAVG
  6229. Display the average Y value within the input frame. Expressed in range of
  6230. [0-255].
  6231. @item YHIGH
  6232. Display the Y value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in
  6233. range of [0-255].
  6234. @item YMAX
  6235. Display the maximum Y value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
  6236. range of [0-255].
  6237. @item UMIN
  6238. Display the minimal U value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
  6239. range of [0-255].
  6240. @item ULOW
  6241. Display the U value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in
  6242. range of [0-255].
  6243. @item UAVG
  6244. Display the average U value within the input frame. Expressed in range of
  6245. [0-255].
  6246. @item UHIGH
  6247. Display the U value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in
  6248. range of [0-255].
  6249. @item UMAX
  6250. Display the maximum U value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
  6251. range of [0-255].
  6252. @item VMIN
  6253. Display the minimal V value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
  6254. range of [0-255].
  6255. @item VLOW
  6256. Display the V value at the 10% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in
  6257. range of [0-255].
  6258. @item VAVG
  6259. Display the average V value within the input frame. Expressed in range of
  6260. [0-255].
  6261. @item VHIGH
  6262. Display the V value at the 90% percentile within the input frame. Expressed in
  6263. range of [0-255].
  6264. @item VMAX
  6265. Display the maximum V value contained within the input frame. Expressed in
  6266. range of [0-255].
  6267. @item SATMIN
  6268. Display the minimal saturation value contained within the input frame.
  6269. Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
  6270. @item SATLOW
  6271. Display the saturation value at the 10% percentile within the input frame.
  6272. Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
  6273. @item SATAVG
  6274. Display the average saturation value within the input frame. Expressed in range
  6275. of [0-~181.02].
  6276. @item SATHIGH
  6277. Display the saturation value at the 90% percentile within the input frame.
  6278. Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
  6279. @item SATMAX
  6280. Display the maximum saturation value contained within the input frame.
  6281. Expressed in range of [0-~181.02].
  6282. @item HUEMED
  6283. Display the median value for hue within the input frame. Expressed in range of
  6284. [0-360].
  6285. @item HUEAVG
  6286. Display the average value for hue within the input frame. Expressed in range of
  6287. [0-360].
  6288. @item YDIF
  6289. Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the Y
  6290. plane in the current frame and corresponding values of the previous input frame.
  6291. Expressed in range of [0-255].
  6292. @item UDIF
  6293. Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the U
  6294. plane in the current frame and corresponding values of the previous input frame.
  6295. Expressed in range of [0-255].
  6296. @item VDIF
  6297. Display the average of sample value difference between all values of the V
  6298. plane in the current frame and corresponding values of the previous input frame.
  6299. Expressed in range of [0-255].
  6300. @end table
  6301. The filter accepts the following options:
  6302. @table @option
  6303. @item stat
  6304. @item out
  6305. @option{stat} specify an additional form of image analysis.
  6306. @option{out} output video with the specified type of pixel highlighted.
  6307. Both options accept the following values:
  6308. @table @samp
  6309. @item tout
  6310. Identify @var{temporal outliers} pixels. A @var{temporal outlier} is a pixel
  6311. unlike the neighboring pixels of the same field. Examples of temporal outliers
  6312. include the results of video dropouts, head clogs, or tape tracking issues.
  6313. @item vrep
  6314. Identify @var{vertical line repetition}. Vertical line repetition includes
  6315. similar rows of pixels within a frame. In born-digital video vertical line
  6316. repetition is common, but this pattern is uncommon in video digitized from an
  6317. analog source. When it occurs in video that results from the digitization of an
  6318. analog source it can indicate concealment from a dropout compensator.
  6319. @item brng
  6320. Identify pixels that fall outside of legal broadcast range.
  6321. @end table
  6322. @item color, c
  6323. Set the highlight color for the @option{out} option. The default color is
  6324. yellow.
  6325. @end table
  6326. @subsection Examples
  6327. @itemize
  6328. @item
  6329. Output data of various video metrics:
  6330. @example
  6331. ffprobe -f lavfi movie=example.mov,signalstats="stat=tout+vrep+brng" -show_frames
  6332. @end example
  6333. @item
  6334. Output specific data about the minimum and maximum values of the Y plane per frame:
  6335. @example
  6336. ffprobe -f lavfi movie=example.mov,signalstats -show_entries frame_tags=lavfi.signalstats.YMAX,lavfi.signalstats.YMIN
  6337. @end example
  6338. @item
  6339. Playback video while highlighting pixels that are outside of broadcast range in red.
  6340. @example
  6341. ffplay example.mov -vf signalstats="out=brng:color=red"
  6342. @end example
  6343. @item
  6344. Playback video with signalstats metadata drawn over the frame.
  6345. @example
  6346. ffplay example.mov -vf signalstats=stat=brng+vrep+tout,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=signalstat_drawtext.txt
  6347. @end example
  6348. The contents of signalstat_drawtext.txt used in the command are:
  6349. @example
  6350. time %@{pts:hms@}
  6351. Y (%@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.YMIN@}-%@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.YMAX@})
  6352. U (%@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.UMIN@}-%@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.UMAX@})
  6353. V (%@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.VMIN@}-%@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.VMAX@})
  6354. saturation maximum: %@{metadata:lavfi.signalstats.SATMAX@}
  6355. @end example
  6356. @end itemize
  6357. @anchor{smartblur}
  6358. @section smartblur
  6359. Blur the input video without impacting the outlines.
  6360. It accepts the following options:
  6361. @table @option
  6362. @item luma_radius, lr
  6363. Set the luma radius. The option value must be a float number in
  6364. the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter
  6365. used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
  6366. @item luma_strength, ls
  6367. Set the luma strength. The option value must be a float number
  6368. in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included
  6369. in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in
  6370. [-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
  6371. @item luma_threshold, lt
  6372. Set the luma threshold used as a coefficient to determine
  6373. whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an
  6374. integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image,
  6375. a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included
  6376. in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.
  6377. @item chroma_radius, cr
  6378. Set the chroma radius. The option value must be a float number in
  6379. the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter
  6380. used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
  6381. @item chroma_strength, cs
  6382. Set the chroma strength. The option value must be a float number
  6383. in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included
  6384. in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in
  6385. [-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
  6386. @item chroma_threshold, ct
  6387. Set the chroma threshold used as a coefficient to determine
  6388. whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an
  6389. integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image,
  6390. a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included
  6391. in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.
  6392. @end table
  6393. If a chroma option is not explicitly set, the corresponding luma value
  6394. is set.
  6395. @section stereo3d
  6396. Convert between different stereoscopic image formats.
  6397. The filters accept the following options:
  6398. @table @option
  6399. @item in
  6400. Set stereoscopic image format of input.
  6401. Available values for input image formats are:
  6402. @table @samp
  6403. @item sbsl
  6404. side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
  6405. @item sbsr
  6406. side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
  6407. @item sbs2l
  6408. side by side parallel with half width resolution
  6409. (left eye left, right eye right)
  6410. @item sbs2r
  6411. side by side crosseye with half width resolution
  6412. (right eye left, left eye right)
  6413. @item abl
  6414. above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
  6415. @item abr
  6416. above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
  6417. @item ab2l
  6418. above-below with half height resolution
  6419. (left eye above, right eye below)
  6420. @item ab2r
  6421. above-below with half height resolution
  6422. (right eye above, left eye below)
  6423. @item al
  6424. alternating frames (left eye first, right eye second)
  6425. @item ar
  6426. alternating frames (right eye first, left eye second)
  6427. Default value is @samp{sbsl}.
  6428. @end table
  6429. @item out
  6430. Set stereoscopic image format of output.
  6431. Available values for output image formats are all the input formats as well as:
  6432. @table @samp
  6433. @item arbg
  6434. anaglyph red/blue gray
  6435. (red filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
  6436. @item argg
  6437. anaglyph red/green gray
  6438. (red filter on left eye, green filter on right eye)
  6439. @item arcg
  6440. anaglyph red/cyan gray
  6441. (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
  6442. @item arch
  6443. anaglyph red/cyan half colored
  6444. (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
  6445. @item arcc
  6446. anaglyph red/cyan color
  6447. (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
  6448. @item arcd
  6449. anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
  6450. (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
  6451. @item agmg
  6452. anaglyph green/magenta gray
  6453. (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
  6454. @item agmh
  6455. anaglyph green/magenta half colored
  6456. (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
  6457. @item agmc
  6458. anaglyph green/magenta colored
  6459. (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
  6460. @item agmd
  6461. anaglyph green/magenta color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
  6462. (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
  6463. @item aybg
  6464. anaglyph yellow/blue gray
  6465. (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
  6466. @item aybh
  6467. anaglyph yellow/blue half colored
  6468. (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
  6469. @item aybc
  6470. anaglyph yellow/blue colored
  6471. (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
  6472. @item aybd
  6473. anaglyph yellow/blue color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
  6474. (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
  6475. @item irl
  6476. interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)
  6477. @item irr
  6478. interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)
  6479. @item ml
  6480. mono output (left eye only)
  6481. @item mr
  6482. mono output (right eye only)
  6483. @end table
  6484. Default value is @samp{arcd}.
  6485. @end table
  6486. @subsection Examples
  6487. @itemize
  6488. @item
  6489. Convert input video from side by side parallel to anaglyph yellow/blue dubois:
  6490. @example
  6491. stereo3d=sbsl:aybd
  6492. @end example
  6493. @item
  6494. Convert input video from above bellow (left eye above, right eye below) to side by side crosseye.
  6495. @example
  6496. stereo3d=abl:sbsr
  6497. @end example
  6498. @end itemize
  6499. @anchor{spp}
  6500. @section spp
  6501. Apply a simple postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses the image
  6502. at several (or - in the case of @option{quality} level @code{6} - all) shifts
  6503. and average the results.
  6504. The filter accepts the following options:
  6505. @table @option
  6506. @item quality
  6507. Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts
  6508. an integer in the range 0-6. If set to @code{0}, the filter will have no
  6509. effect. A value of @code{6} means the higher quality. For each increment of
  6510. that value the speed drops by a factor of approximately 2. Default value is
  6511. @code{3}.
  6512. @item qp
  6513. Force a constant quantization parameter. If not set, the filter will use the QP
  6514. from the video stream (if available).
  6515. @item mode
  6516. Set thresholding mode. Available modes are:
  6517. @table @samp
  6518. @item hard
  6519. Set hard thresholding (default).
  6520. @item soft
  6521. Set soft thresholding (better de-ringing effect, but likely blurrier).
  6522. @end table
  6523. @item use_bframe_qp
  6524. Enable the use of the QP from the B-Frames if set to @code{1}. Using this
  6525. option may cause flicker since the B-Frames have often larger QP. Default is
  6526. @code{0} (not enabled).
  6527. @end table
  6528. @anchor{subtitles}
  6529. @section subtitles
  6530. Draw subtitles on top of input video using the libass library.
  6531. To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
  6532. @code{--enable-libass}. This filter also requires a build with libavcodec and
  6533. libavformat to convert the passed subtitles file to ASS (Advanced Substation
  6534. Alpha) subtitles format.
  6535. The filter accepts the following options:
  6536. @table @option
  6537. @item filename, f
  6538. Set the filename of the subtitle file to read. It must be specified.
  6539. @item original_size
  6540. Specify the size of the original video, the video for which the ASS file
  6541. was composed. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size" section in
  6542. the ffmpeg-utils manual. Due to a misdesign in ASS aspect ratio arithmetic,
  6543. this is necessary to correctly scale the fonts if the aspect ratio has been
  6544. changed.
  6545. @item charenc
  6546. Set subtitles input character encoding. @code{subtitles} filter only. Only
  6547. useful if not UTF-8.
  6548. @item stream_index, si
  6549. Set subtitles stream index. @code{subtitles} filter only.
  6550. @item force_style
  6551. Override default style or script info parameters of the subtitles. It accepts a
  6552. string containing ASS style format @code{KEY=VALUE} couples separated by ",".
  6553. @end table
  6554. If the first key is not specified, it is assumed that the first value
  6555. specifies the @option{filename}.
  6556. For example, to render the file @file{sub.srt} on top of the input
  6557. video, use the command:
  6558. @example
  6559. subtitles=sub.srt
  6560. @end example
  6561. which is equivalent to:
  6562. @example
  6563. subtitles=filename=sub.srt
  6564. @end example
  6565. To render the default subtitles stream from file @file{video.mkv}, use:
  6566. @example
  6567. subtitles=video.mkv
  6568. @end example
  6569. To render the second subtitles stream from that file, use:
  6570. @example
  6571. subtitles=video.mkv:si=1
  6572. @end example
  6573. To make the subtitles stream from @file{sub.srt} appear in transparent green
  6574. @code{DejaVu Serif}, use:
  6575. @example
  6576. subtitles=sub.srt:force_style='FontName=DejaVu Serif,PrimaryColour=&HAA00FF00'
  6577. @end example
  6578. @section super2xsai
  6579. Scale the input by 2x and smooth using the Super2xSaI (Scale and
  6580. Interpolate) pixel art scaling algorithm.
  6581. Useful for enlarging pixel art images without reducing sharpness.
  6582. @section swapuv
  6583. Swap U & V plane.
  6584. @section telecine
  6585. Apply telecine process to the video.
  6586. This filter accepts the following options:
  6587. @table @option
  6588. @item first_field
  6589. @table @samp
  6590. @item top, t
  6591. top field first
  6592. @item bottom, b
  6593. bottom field first
  6594. The default value is @code{top}.
  6595. @end table
  6596. @item pattern
  6597. A string of numbers representing the pulldown pattern you wish to apply.
  6598. The default value is @code{23}.
  6599. @end table
  6600. @example
  6601. Some typical patterns:
  6602. NTSC output (30i):
  6603. 27.5p: 32222
  6604. 24p: 23 (classic)
  6605. 24p: 2332 (preferred)
  6606. 20p: 33
  6607. 18p: 334
  6608. 16p: 3444
  6609. PAL output (25i):
  6610. 27.5p: 12222
  6611. 24p: 222222222223 ("Euro pulldown")
  6612. 16.67p: 33
  6613. 16p: 33333334
  6614. @end example
  6615. @section thumbnail
  6616. Select the most representative frame in a given sequence of consecutive frames.
  6617. The filter accepts the following options:
  6618. @table @option
  6619. @item n
  6620. Set the frames batch size to analyze; in a set of @var{n} frames, the filter
  6621. will pick one of them, and then handle the next batch of @var{n} frames until
  6622. the end. Default is @code{100}.
  6623. @end table
  6624. Since the filter keeps track of the whole frames sequence, a bigger @var{n}
  6625. value will result in a higher memory usage, so a high value is not recommended.
  6626. @subsection Examples
  6627. @itemize
  6628. @item
  6629. Extract one picture each 50 frames:
  6630. @example
  6631. thumbnail=50
  6632. @end example
  6633. @item
  6634. Complete example of a thumbnail creation with @command{ffmpeg}:
  6635. @example
  6636. ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf thumbnail,scale=300:200 -frames:v 1 out.png
  6637. @end example
  6638. @end itemize
  6639. @section tile
  6640. Tile several successive frames together.
  6641. The filter accepts the following options:
  6642. @table @option
  6643. @item layout
  6644. Set the grid size (i.e. the number of lines and columns). For the syntax of
  6645. this option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
  6646. @item nb_frames
  6647. Set the maximum number of frames to render in the given area. It must be less
  6648. than or equal to @var{w}x@var{h}. The default value is @code{0}, meaning all
  6649. the area will be used.
  6650. @item margin
  6651. Set the outer border margin in pixels.
  6652. @item padding
  6653. Set the inner border thickness (i.e. the number of pixels between frames). For
  6654. more advanced padding options (such as having different values for the edges),
  6655. refer to the pad video filter.
  6656. @item color
  6657. Specify the color of the unused area. For the syntax of this option, check the
  6658. "Color" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The default value of @var{color}
  6659. is "black".
  6660. @end table
  6661. @subsection Examples
  6662. @itemize
  6663. @item
  6664. Produce 8x8 PNG tiles of all keyframes (@option{-skip_frame nokey}) in a movie:
  6665. @example
  6666. ffmpeg -skip_frame nokey -i file.avi -vf 'scale=128:72,tile=8x8' -an -vsync 0 keyframes%03d.png
  6667. @end example
  6668. The @option{-vsync 0} is necessary to prevent @command{ffmpeg} from
  6669. duplicating each output frame to accommodate the originally detected frame
  6670. rate.
  6671. @item
  6672. Display @code{5} pictures in an area of @code{3x2} frames,
  6673. with @code{7} pixels between them, and @code{2} pixels of initial margin, using
  6674. mixed flat and named options:
  6675. @example
  6676. tile=3x2:nb_frames=5:padding=7:margin=2
  6677. @end example
  6678. @end itemize
  6679. @section tinterlace
  6680. Perform various types of temporal field interlacing.
  6681. Frames are counted starting from 1, so the first input frame is
  6682. considered odd.
  6683. The filter accepts the following options:
  6684. @table @option
  6685. @item mode
  6686. Specify the mode of the interlacing. This option can also be specified
  6687. as a value alone. See below for a list of values for this option.
  6688. Available values are:
  6689. @table @samp
  6690. @item merge, 0
  6691. Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field,
  6692. generating a double height frame at half frame rate.
  6693. @example
  6694. ------> time
  6695. Input:
  6696. Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
  6697. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6698. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6699. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6700. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6701. Output:
  6702. 11111 33333
  6703. 22222 44444
  6704. 11111 33333
  6705. 22222 44444
  6706. 11111 33333
  6707. 22222 44444
  6708. 11111 33333
  6709. 22222 44444
  6710. @end example
  6711. @item drop_odd, 1
  6712. Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped, generating a frame with
  6713. unchanged height at half frame rate.
  6714. @example
  6715. ------> time
  6716. Input:
  6717. Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
  6718. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6719. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6720. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6721. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6722. Output:
  6723. 22222 44444
  6724. 22222 44444
  6725. 22222 44444
  6726. 22222 44444
  6727. @end example
  6728. @item drop_even, 2
  6729. Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped, generating a frame with
  6730. unchanged height at half frame rate.
  6731. @example
  6732. ------> time
  6733. Input:
  6734. Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
  6735. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6736. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6737. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6738. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6739. Output:
  6740. 11111 33333
  6741. 11111 33333
  6742. 11111 33333
  6743. 11111 33333
  6744. @end example
  6745. @item pad, 3
  6746. Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate lines with black,
  6747. generating a frame with double height at the same input frame rate.
  6748. @example
  6749. ------> time
  6750. Input:
  6751. Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
  6752. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6753. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6754. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6755. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6756. Output:
  6757. 11111 ..... 33333 .....
  6758. ..... 22222 ..... 44444
  6759. 11111 ..... 33333 .....
  6760. ..... 22222 ..... 44444
  6761. 11111 ..... 33333 .....
  6762. ..... 22222 ..... 44444
  6763. 11111 ..... 33333 .....
  6764. ..... 22222 ..... 44444
  6765. @end example
  6766. @item interleave_top, 4
  6767. Interleave the upper field from odd frames with the lower field from
  6768. even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
  6769. @example
  6770. ------> time
  6771. Input:
  6772. Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
  6773. 11111<- 22222 33333<- 44444
  6774. 11111 22222<- 33333 44444<-
  6775. 11111<- 22222 33333<- 44444
  6776. 11111 22222<- 33333 44444<-
  6777. Output:
  6778. 11111 33333
  6779. 22222 44444
  6780. 11111 33333
  6781. 22222 44444
  6782. @end example
  6783. @item interleave_bottom, 5
  6784. Interleave the lower field from odd frames with the upper field from
  6785. even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
  6786. @example
  6787. ------> time
  6788. Input:
  6789. Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
  6790. 11111 22222<- 33333 44444<-
  6791. 11111<- 22222 33333<- 44444
  6792. 11111 22222<- 33333 44444<-
  6793. 11111<- 22222 33333<- 44444
  6794. Output:
  6795. 22222 44444
  6796. 11111 33333
  6797. 22222 44444
  6798. 11111 33333
  6799. @end example
  6800. @item interlacex2, 6
  6801. Double frame rate with unchanged height. Frames are inserted each
  6802. containing the second temporal field from the previous input frame and
  6803. the first temporal field from the next input frame. This mode relies on
  6804. the top_field_first flag. Useful for interlaced video displays with no
  6805. field synchronisation.
  6806. @example
  6807. ------> time
  6808. Input:
  6809. Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3 Frame 4
  6810. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6811. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6812. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6813. 11111 22222 33333 44444
  6814. Output:
  6815. 11111 22222 22222 33333 33333 44444 44444
  6816. 11111 11111 22222 22222 33333 33333 44444
  6817. 11111 22222 22222 33333 33333 44444 44444
  6818. 11111 11111 22222 22222 33333 33333 44444
  6819. @end example
  6820. @end table
  6821. Numeric values are deprecated but are accepted for backward
  6822. compatibility reasons.
  6823. Default mode is @code{merge}.
  6824. @item flags
  6825. Specify flags influencing the filter process.
  6826. Available value for @var{flags} is:
  6827. @table @option
  6828. @item low_pass_filter, vlfp
  6829. Enable vertical low-pass filtering in the filter.
  6830. Vertical low-pass filtering is required when creating an interlaced
  6831. destination from a progressive source which contains high-frequency
  6832. vertical detail. Filtering will reduce interlace 'twitter' and Moire
  6833. patterning.
  6834. Vertical low-pass filtering can only be enabled for @option{mode}
  6835. @var{interleave_top} and @var{interleave_bottom}.
  6836. @end table
  6837. @end table
  6838. @section transpose
  6839. Transpose rows with columns in the input video and optionally flip it.
  6840. It accepts the following parameters:
  6841. @table @option
  6842. @item dir
  6843. Specify the transposition direction.
  6844. Can assume the following values:
  6845. @table @samp
  6846. @item 0, 4, cclock_flip
  6847. Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and vertically flip (default), that is:
  6848. @example
  6849. L.R L.l
  6850. . . -> . .
  6851. l.r R.r
  6852. @end example
  6853. @item 1, 5, clock
  6854. Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise, that is:
  6855. @example
  6856. L.R l.L
  6857. . . -> . .
  6858. l.r r.R
  6859. @end example
  6860. @item 2, 6, cclock
  6861. Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise, that is:
  6862. @example
  6863. L.R R.r
  6864. . . -> . .
  6865. l.r L.l
  6866. @end example
  6867. @item 3, 7, clock_flip
  6868. Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and vertically flip, that is:
  6869. @example
  6870. L.R r.R
  6871. . . -> . .
  6872. l.r l.L
  6873. @end example
  6874. @end table
  6875. For values between 4-7, the transposition is only done if the input
  6876. video geometry is portrait and not landscape. These values are
  6877. deprecated, the @code{passthrough} option should be used instead.
  6878. Numerical values are deprecated, and should be dropped in favor of
  6879. symbolic constants.
  6880. @item passthrough
  6881. Do not apply the transposition if the input geometry matches the one
  6882. specified by the specified value. It accepts the following values:
  6883. @table @samp
  6884. @item none
  6885. Always apply transposition.
  6886. @item portrait
  6887. Preserve portrait geometry (when @var{height} >= @var{width}).
  6888. @item landscape
  6889. Preserve landscape geometry (when @var{width} >= @var{height}).
  6890. @end table
  6891. Default value is @code{none}.
  6892. @end table
  6893. For example to rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and preserve portrait
  6894. layout:
  6895. @example
  6896. transpose=dir=1:passthrough=portrait
  6897. @end example
  6898. The command above can also be specified as:
  6899. @example
  6900. transpose=1:portrait
  6901. @end example
  6902. @section trim
  6903. Trim the input so that the output contains one continuous subpart of the input.
  6904. It accepts the following parameters:
  6905. @table @option
  6906. @item start
  6907. Specify the time of the start of the kept section, i.e. the frame with the
  6908. timestamp @var{start} will be the first frame in the output.
  6909. @item end
  6910. Specify the time of the first frame that will be dropped, i.e. the frame
  6911. immediately preceding the one with the timestamp @var{end} will be the last
  6912. frame in the output.
  6913. @item start_pts
  6914. This is the same as @var{start}, except this option sets the start timestamp
  6915. in timebase units instead of seconds.
  6916. @item end_pts
  6917. This is the same as @var{end}, except this option sets the end timestamp
  6918. in timebase units instead of seconds.
  6919. @item duration
  6920. The maximum duration of the output in seconds.
  6921. @item start_frame
  6922. The number of the first frame that should be passed to the output.
  6923. @item end_frame
  6924. The number of the first frame that should be dropped.
  6925. @end table
  6926. @option{start}, @option{end}, and @option{duration} are expressed as time
  6927. duration specifications; see
  6928. @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
  6929. for the accepted syntax.
  6930. Note that the first two sets of the start/end options and the @option{duration}
  6931. option look at the frame timestamp, while the _frame variants simply count the
  6932. frames that pass through the filter. Also note that this filter does not modify
  6933. the timestamps. If you wish for the output timestamps to start at zero, insert a
  6934. setpts filter after the trim filter.
  6935. If multiple start or end options are set, this filter tries to be greedy and
  6936. keep all the frames that match at least one of the specified constraints. To keep
  6937. only the part that matches all the constraints at once, chain multiple trim
  6938. filters.
  6939. The defaults are such that all the input is kept. So it is possible to set e.g.
  6940. just the end values to keep everything before the specified time.
  6941. Examples:
  6942. @itemize
  6943. @item
  6944. Drop everything except the second minute of input:
  6945. @example
  6946. ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf trim=60:120
  6947. @end example
  6948. @item
  6949. Keep only the first second:
  6950. @example
  6951. ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf trim=duration=1
  6952. @end example
  6953. @end itemize
  6954. @anchor{unsharp}
  6955. @section unsharp
  6956. Sharpen or blur the input video.
  6957. It accepts the following parameters:
  6958. @table @option
  6959. @item luma_msize_x, lx
  6960. Set the luma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer between
  6961. 3 and 63. The default value is 5.
  6962. @item luma_msize_y, ly
  6963. Set the luma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer between 3
  6964. and 63. The default value is 5.
  6965. @item luma_amount, la
  6966. Set the luma effect strength. It must be a floating point number, reasonable
  6967. values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
  6968. Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will
  6969. sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
  6970. Default value is 1.0.
  6971. @item chroma_msize_x, cx
  6972. Set the chroma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer
  6973. between 3 and 63. The default value is 5.
  6974. @item chroma_msize_y, cy
  6975. Set the chroma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer
  6976. between 3 and 63. The default value is 5.
  6977. @item chroma_amount, ca
  6978. Set the chroma effect strength. It must be a floating point number, reasonable
  6979. values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
  6980. Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will
  6981. sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
  6982. Default value is 0.0.
  6983. @item opencl
  6984. If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if
  6985. FFmpeg was configured with @code{--enable-opencl}. Default value is 0.
  6986. @end table
  6987. All parameters are optional and default to the equivalent of the
  6988. string '5:5:1.0:5:5:0.0'.
  6989. @subsection Examples
  6990. @itemize
  6991. @item
  6992. Apply strong luma sharpen effect:
  6993. @example
  6994. unsharp=luma_msize_x=7:luma_msize_y=7:luma_amount=2.5
  6995. @end example
  6996. @item
  6997. Apply a strong blur of both luma and chroma parameters:
  6998. @example
  6999. unsharp=7:7:-2:7:7:-2
  7000. @end example
  7001. @end itemize
  7002. @section uspp
  7003. Apply ultra slow/simple postprocessing filter that compresses and decompresses
  7004. the image at several (or - in the case of @option{quality} level @code{8} - all)
  7005. shifts and average the results.
  7006. The way this differs from the behavior of spp is that uspp actually encodes &
  7007. decodes each case with libavcodec Snow, whereas spp uses a simplified intra only 8x8
  7008. DCT similar to MJPEG.
  7009. The filter accepts the following options:
  7010. @table @option
  7011. @item quality
  7012. Set quality. This option defines the number of levels for averaging. It accepts
  7013. an integer in the range 0-8. If set to @code{0}, the filter will have no
  7014. effect. A value of @code{8} means the higher quality. For each increment of
  7015. that value the speed drops by a factor of approximately 2. Default value is
  7016. @code{3}.
  7017. @item qp
  7018. Force a constant quantization parameter. If not set, the filter will use the QP
  7019. from the video stream (if available).
  7020. @end table
  7021. @anchor{vidstabdetect}
  7022. @section vidstabdetect
  7023. Analyze video stabilization/deshaking. Perform pass 1 of 2, see
  7024. @ref{vidstabtransform} for pass 2.
  7025. This filter generates a file with relative translation and rotation
  7026. transform information about subsequent frames, which is then used by
  7027. the @ref{vidstabtransform} filter.
  7028. To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
  7029. @code{--enable-libvidstab}.
  7030. This filter accepts the following options:
  7031. @table @option
  7032. @item result
  7033. Set the path to the file used to write the transforms information.
  7034. Default value is @file{transforms.trf}.
  7035. @item shakiness
  7036. Set how shaky the video is and how quick the camera is. It accepts an
  7037. integer in the range 1-10, a value of 1 means little shakiness, a
  7038. value of 10 means strong shakiness. Default value is 5.
  7039. @item accuracy
  7040. Set the accuracy of the detection process. It must be a value in the
  7041. range 1-15. A value of 1 means low accuracy, a value of 15 means high
  7042. accuracy. Default value is 15.
  7043. @item stepsize
  7044. Set stepsize of the search process. The region around minimum is
  7045. scanned with 1 pixel resolution. Default value is 6.
  7046. @item mincontrast
  7047. Set minimum contrast. Below this value a local measurement field is
  7048. discarded. Must be a floating point value in the range 0-1. Default
  7049. value is 0.3.
  7050. @item tripod
  7051. Set reference frame number for tripod mode.
  7052. If enabled, the motion of the frames is compared to a reference frame
  7053. in the filtered stream, identified by the specified number. The idea
  7054. is to compensate all movements in a more-or-less static scene and keep
  7055. the camera view absolutely still.
  7056. If set to 0, it is disabled. The frames are counted starting from 1.
  7057. @item show
  7058. Show fields and transforms in the resulting frames. It accepts an
  7059. integer in the range 0-2. Default value is 0, which disables any
  7060. visualization.
  7061. @end table
  7062. @subsection Examples
  7063. @itemize
  7064. @item
  7065. Use default values:
  7066. @example
  7067. vidstabdetect
  7068. @end example
  7069. @item
  7070. Analyze strongly shaky movie and put the results in file
  7071. @file{mytransforms.trf}:
  7072. @example
  7073. vidstabdetect=shakiness=10:accuracy=15:result="mytransforms.trf"
  7074. @end example
  7075. @item
  7076. Visualize the result of internal transformations in the resulting
  7077. video:
  7078. @example
  7079. vidstabdetect=show=1
  7080. @end example
  7081. @item
  7082. Analyze a video with medium shakiness using @command{ffmpeg}:
  7083. @example
  7084. ffmpeg -i input -vf vidstabdetect=shakiness=5:show=1 dummy.avi
  7085. @end example
  7086. @end itemize
  7087. @anchor{vidstabtransform}
  7088. @section vidstabtransform
  7089. Video stabilization/deshaking: pass 2 of 2,
  7090. see @ref{vidstabdetect} for pass 1.
  7091. Read a file with transform information for each frame and
  7092. apply/compensate them. Together with the @ref{vidstabdetect}
  7093. filter this can be used to deshake videos. See also
  7094. @url{http://public.hronopik.de/vid.stab}. It is important to also use
  7095. the @ref{unsharp} filter, see below.
  7096. To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
  7097. @code{--enable-libvidstab}.
  7098. @subsection Options
  7099. @table @option
  7100. @item input
  7101. Set path to the file used to read the transforms. Default value is
  7102. @file{transforms.trf}.
  7103. @item smoothing
  7104. Set the number of frames (value*2 + 1) used for lowpass filtering the
  7105. camera movements. Default value is 10.
  7106. For example a number of 10 means that 21 frames are used (10 in the
  7107. past and 10 in the future) to smoothen the motion in the video. A
  7108. larger value leads to a smoother video, but limits the acceleration of
  7109. the camera (pan/tilt movements). 0 is a special case where a static
  7110. camera is simulated.
  7111. @item optalgo
  7112. Set the camera path optimization algorithm.
  7113. Accepted values are:
  7114. @table @samp
  7115. @item gauss
  7116. gaussian kernel low-pass filter on camera motion (default)
  7117. @item avg
  7118. averaging on transformations
  7119. @end table
  7120. @item maxshift
  7121. Set maximal number of pixels to translate frames. Default value is -1,
  7122. meaning no limit.
  7123. @item maxangle
  7124. Set maximal angle in radians (degree*PI/180) to rotate frames. Default
  7125. value is -1, meaning no limit.
  7126. @item crop
  7127. Specify how to deal with borders that may be visible due to movement
  7128. compensation.
  7129. Available values are:
  7130. @table @samp
  7131. @item keep
  7132. keep image information from previous frame (default)
  7133. @item black
  7134. fill the border black
  7135. @end table
  7136. @item invert
  7137. Invert transforms if set to 1. Default value is 0.
  7138. @item relative
  7139. Consider transforms as relative to previous frame if set to 1,
  7140. absolute if set to 0. Default value is 0.
  7141. @item zoom
  7142. Set percentage to zoom. A positive value will result in a zoom-in
  7143. effect, a negative value in a zoom-out effect. Default value is 0 (no
  7144. zoom).
  7145. @item optzoom
  7146. Set optimal zooming to avoid borders.
  7147. Accepted values are:
  7148. @table @samp
  7149. @item 0
  7150. disabled
  7151. @item 1
  7152. optimal static zoom value is determined (only very strong movements
  7153. will lead to visible borders) (default)
  7154. @item 2
  7155. optimal adaptive zoom value is determined (no borders will be
  7156. visible), see @option{zoomspeed}
  7157. @end table
  7158. Note that the value given at zoom is added to the one calculated here.
  7159. @item zoomspeed
  7160. Set percent to zoom maximally each frame (enabled when
  7161. @option{optzoom} is set to 2). Range is from 0 to 5, default value is
  7162. 0.25.
  7163. @item interpol
  7164. Specify type of interpolation.
  7165. Available values are:
  7166. @table @samp
  7167. @item no
  7168. no interpolation
  7169. @item linear
  7170. linear only horizontal
  7171. @item bilinear
  7172. linear in both directions (default)
  7173. @item bicubic
  7174. cubic in both directions (slow)
  7175. @end table
  7176. @item tripod
  7177. Enable virtual tripod mode if set to 1, which is equivalent to
  7178. @code{relative=0:smoothing=0}. Default value is 0.
  7179. Use also @code{tripod} option of @ref{vidstabdetect}.
  7180. @item debug
  7181. Increase log verbosity if set to 1. Also the detected global motions
  7182. are written to the temporary file @file{global_motions.trf}. Default
  7183. value is 0.
  7184. @end table
  7185. @subsection Examples
  7186. @itemize
  7187. @item
  7188. Use @command{ffmpeg} for a typical stabilization with default values:
  7189. @example
  7190. ffmpeg -i inp.mpeg -vf vidstabtransform,unsharp=5:5:0.8:3:3:0.4 inp_stabilized.mpeg
  7191. @end example
  7192. Note the use of the @ref{unsharp} filter which is always recommended.
  7193. @item
  7194. Zoom in a bit more and load transform data from a given file:
  7195. @example
  7196. vidstabtransform=zoom=5:input="mytransforms.trf"
  7197. @end example
  7198. @item
  7199. Smoothen the video even more:
  7200. @example
  7201. vidstabtransform=smoothing=30
  7202. @end example
  7203. @end itemize
  7204. @section vflip
  7205. Flip the input video vertically.
  7206. For example, to vertically flip a video with @command{ffmpeg}:
  7207. @example
  7208. ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "vflip" out.avi
  7209. @end example
  7210. @anchor{vignette}
  7211. @section vignette
  7212. Make or reverse a natural vignetting effect.
  7213. The filter accepts the following options:
  7214. @table @option
  7215. @item angle, a
  7216. Set lens angle expression as a number of radians.
  7217. The value is clipped in the @code{[0,PI/2]} range.
  7218. Default value: @code{"PI/5"}
  7219. @item x0
  7220. @item y0
  7221. Set center coordinates expressions. Respectively @code{"w/2"} and @code{"h/2"}
  7222. by default.
  7223. @item mode
  7224. Set forward/backward mode.
  7225. Available modes are:
  7226. @table @samp
  7227. @item forward
  7228. The larger the distance from the central point, the darker the image becomes.
  7229. @item backward
  7230. The larger the distance from the central point, the brighter the image becomes.
  7231. This can be used to reverse a vignette effect, though there is no automatic
  7232. detection to extract the lens @option{angle} and other settings (yet). It can
  7233. also be used to create a burning effect.
  7234. @end table
  7235. Default value is @samp{forward}.
  7236. @item eval
  7237. Set evaluation mode for the expressions (@option{angle}, @option{x0}, @option{y0}).
  7238. It accepts the following values:
  7239. @table @samp
  7240. @item init
  7241. Evaluate expressions only once during the filter initialization.
  7242. @item frame
  7243. Evaluate expressions for each incoming frame. This is way slower than the
  7244. @samp{init} mode since it requires all the scalers to be re-computed, but it
  7245. allows advanced dynamic expressions.
  7246. @end table
  7247. Default value is @samp{init}.
  7248. @item dither
  7249. Set dithering to reduce the circular banding effects. Default is @code{1}
  7250. (enabled).
  7251. @item aspect
  7252. Set vignette aspect. This setting allows one to adjust the shape of the vignette.
  7253. Setting this value to the SAR of the input will make a rectangular vignetting
  7254. following the dimensions of the video.
  7255. Default is @code{1/1}.
  7256. @end table
  7257. @subsection Expressions
  7258. The @option{alpha}, @option{x0} and @option{y0} expressions can contain the
  7259. following parameters.
  7260. @table @option
  7261. @item w
  7262. @item h
  7263. input width and height
  7264. @item n
  7265. the number of input frame, starting from 0
  7266. @item pts
  7267. the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) time of the filtered video frame, expressed in
  7268. @var{TB} units, NAN if undefined
  7269. @item r
  7270. frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
  7271. @item t
  7272. the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame,
  7273. expressed in seconds, NAN if undefined
  7274. @item tb
  7275. time base of the input video
  7276. @end table
  7277. @subsection Examples
  7278. @itemize
  7279. @item
  7280. Apply simple strong vignetting effect:
  7281. @example
  7282. vignette=PI/4
  7283. @end example
  7284. @item
  7285. Make a flickering vignetting:
  7286. @example
  7287. vignette='PI/4+random(1)*PI/50':eval=frame
  7288. @end example
  7289. @end itemize
  7290. @section w3fdif
  7291. Deinterlace the input video ("w3fdif" stands for "Weston 3 Field
  7292. Deinterlacing Filter").
  7293. Based on the process described by Martin Weston for BBC R&D, and
  7294. implemented based on the de-interlace algorithm written by Jim
  7295. Easterbrook for BBC R&D, the Weston 3 field deinterlacing filter
  7296. uses filter coefficients calculated by BBC R&D.
  7297. There are two sets of filter coefficients, so called "simple":
  7298. and "complex". Which set of filter coefficients is used can
  7299. be set by passing an optional parameter:
  7300. @table @option
  7301. @item filter
  7302. Set the interlacing filter coefficients. Accepts one of the following values:
  7303. @table @samp
  7304. @item simple
  7305. Simple filter coefficient set.
  7306. @item complex
  7307. More-complex filter coefficient set.
  7308. @end table
  7309. Default value is @samp{complex}.
  7310. @item deint
  7311. Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following values:
  7312. @table @samp
  7313. @item all
  7314. Deinterlace all frames,
  7315. @item interlaced
  7316. Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
  7317. @end table
  7318. Default value is @samp{all}.
  7319. @end table
  7320. @section xbr
  7321. Apply the xBR high-quality magnification filter which is designed for pixel
  7322. art. It follows a set of edge-detection rules, see
  7323. @url{http://www.libretro.com/forums/viewtopic.php?f=6&t=134}.
  7324. It accepts the following option:
  7325. @table @option
  7326. @item n
  7327. Set the scaling dimension: @code{2} for @code{2xBR}, @code{3} for
  7328. @code{3xBR} and @code{4} for @code{4xBR}.
  7329. Default is @code{3}.
  7330. @end table
  7331. @anchor{yadif}
  7332. @section yadif
  7333. Deinterlace the input video ("yadif" means "yet another deinterlacing
  7334. filter").
  7335. It accepts the following parameters:
  7336. @table @option
  7337. @item mode
  7338. The interlacing mode to adopt. It accepts one of the following values:
  7339. @table @option
  7340. @item 0, send_frame
  7341. Output one frame for each frame.
  7342. @item 1, send_field
  7343. Output one frame for each field.
  7344. @item 2, send_frame_nospatial
  7345. Like @code{send_frame}, but it skips the spatial interlacing check.
  7346. @item 3, send_field_nospatial
  7347. Like @code{send_field}, but it skips the spatial interlacing check.
  7348. @end table
  7349. The default value is @code{send_frame}.
  7350. @item parity
  7351. The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video. It accepts one
  7352. of the following values:
  7353. @table @option
  7354. @item 0, tff
  7355. Assume the top field is first.
  7356. @item 1, bff
  7357. Assume the bottom field is first.
  7358. @item -1, auto
  7359. Enable automatic detection of field parity.
  7360. @end table
  7361. The default value is @code{auto}.
  7362. If the interlacing is unknown or the decoder does not export this information,
  7363. top field first will be assumed.
  7364. @item deint
  7365. Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following
  7366. values:
  7367. @table @option
  7368. @item 0, all
  7369. Deinterlace all frames.
  7370. @item 1, interlaced
  7371. Only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced.
  7372. @end table
  7373. The default value is @code{all}.
  7374. @end table
  7375. @section zoompan
  7376. Apply Zoom & Pan effect.
  7377. This filter accepts the following options:
  7378. @table @option
  7379. @item zoom, z
  7380. Set the zoom expression. Default is 1.
  7381. @item x
  7382. @item y
  7383. Set the x and y expression. Default is 0.
  7384. @item d
  7385. Set the duration expression in number of frames.
  7386. This sets for how many number of frames effect will last for
  7387. single input image.
  7388. @item s
  7389. Set the output image size, default is 'hd720'.
  7390. @end table
  7391. Each expression can contain the following constants:
  7392. @table @option
  7393. @item in_w, iw
  7394. Input width.
  7395. @item in_h, ih
  7396. Input height.
  7397. @item out_w, ow
  7398. Output width.
  7399. @item out_h, oh
  7400. Output height.
  7401. @item in
  7402. Input frame count.
  7403. @item on
  7404. Output frame count.
  7405. @item x
  7406. @item y
  7407. Last calculated 'x' and 'y' position from 'x' and 'y' expression
  7408. for current input frame.
  7409. @item px
  7410. @item py
  7411. 'x' and 'y' of last output frame of previous input frame or 0 when there was
  7412. not yet such frame (first input frame).
  7413. @item zoom
  7414. Last calculated zoom from 'z' expression for current input frame.
  7415. @item pzoom
  7416. Last calculated zoom of last output frame of previous input frame.
  7417. @item duration
  7418. Number of output frames for current input frame. Calculated from 'd' expression
  7419. for each input frame.
  7420. @item pduration
  7421. number of output frames created for previous input frame
  7422. @item a
  7423. Rational number: input width / input height
  7424. @item sar
  7425. sample aspect ratio
  7426. @item dar
  7427. display aspect ratio
  7428. @end table
  7429. @subsection Examples
  7430. @itemize
  7431. @item
  7432. Zoom-in up to 1.5 and pan at same time to some spot near center of picture:
  7433. @example
  7434. zoompan=z='min(zoom+0.0015,1.5)':d=700:x='if(gte(zoom,1.5),x,x+1/a)':y='if(gte(zoom,1.5),y,y+1)':s=640x360
  7435. @end example
  7436. @end itemize
  7437. @c man end VIDEO FILTERS
  7438. @chapter Video Sources
  7439. @c man begin VIDEO SOURCES
  7440. Below is a description of the currently available video sources.
  7441. @section buffer
  7442. Buffer video frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
  7443. This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular
  7444. through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/vsrc_buffer.h}.
  7445. It accepts the following parameters:
  7446. @table @option
  7447. @item video_size
  7448. Specify the size (width and height) of the buffered video frames. For the
  7449. syntax of this option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils
  7450. manual.
  7451. @item width
  7452. The input video width.
  7453. @item height
  7454. The input video height.
  7455. @item pix_fmt
  7456. A string representing the pixel format of the buffered video frames.
  7457. It may be a number corresponding to a pixel format, or a pixel format
  7458. name.
  7459. @item time_base
  7460. Specify the timebase assumed by the timestamps of the buffered frames.
  7461. @item frame_rate
  7462. Specify the frame rate expected for the video stream.
  7463. @item pixel_aspect, sar
  7464. The sample (pixel) aspect ratio of the input video.
  7465. @item sws_param
  7466. Specify the optional parameters to be used for the scale filter which
  7467. is automatically inserted when an input change is detected in the
  7468. input size or format.
  7469. @end table
  7470. For example:
  7471. @example
  7472. buffer=width=320:height=240:pix_fmt=yuv410p:time_base=1/24:sar=1
  7473. @end example
  7474. will instruct the source to accept video frames with size 320x240 and
  7475. with format "yuv410p", assuming 1/24 as the timestamps timebase and
  7476. square pixels (1:1 sample aspect ratio).
  7477. Since the pixel format with name "yuv410p" corresponds to the number 6
  7478. (check the enum AVPixelFormat definition in @file{libavutil/pixfmt.h}),
  7479. this example corresponds to:
  7480. @example
  7481. buffer=size=320x240:pixfmt=6:time_base=1/24:pixel_aspect=1/1
  7482. @end example
  7483. Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string, but this
  7484. syntax is deprecated:
  7485. @var{width}:@var{height}:@var{pix_fmt}:@var{time_base.num}:@var{time_base.den}:@var{pixel_aspect.num}:@var{pixel_aspect.den}[:@var{sws_param}]
  7486. @section cellauto
  7487. Create a pattern generated by an elementary cellular automaton.
  7488. The initial state of the cellular automaton can be defined through the
  7489. @option{filename}, and @option{pattern} options. If such options are
  7490. not specified an initial state is created randomly.
  7491. At each new frame a new row in the video is filled with the result of
  7492. the cellular automaton next generation. The behavior when the whole
  7493. frame is filled is defined by the @option{scroll} option.
  7494. This source accepts the following options:
  7495. @table @option
  7496. @item filename, f
  7497. Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from
  7498. the specified file.
  7499. In the file, each non-whitespace character is considered an alive
  7500. cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the
  7501. file will be ignored.
  7502. @item pattern, p
  7503. Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from
  7504. the specified string.
  7505. Each non-whitespace character in the string is considered an alive
  7506. cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the
  7507. string will be ignored.
  7508. @item rate, r
  7509. Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.
  7510. Default is 25.
  7511. @item random_fill_ratio, ratio
  7512. Set the random fill ratio for the initial cellular automaton row. It
  7513. is a floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to
  7514. 1/PHI.
  7515. This option is ignored when a file or a pattern is specified.
  7516. @item random_seed, seed
  7517. Set the seed for filling randomly the initial row, must be an integer
  7518. included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly
  7519. set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best
  7520. effort basis.
  7521. @item rule
  7522. Set the cellular automaton rule, it is a number ranging from 0 to 255.
  7523. Default value is 110.
  7524. @item size, s
  7525. Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check
  7526. the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
  7527. If @option{filename} or @option{pattern} is specified, the size is set
  7528. by default to the width of the specified initial state row, and the
  7529. height is set to @var{width} * PHI.
  7530. If @option{size} is set, it must contain the width of the specified
  7531. pattern string, and the specified pattern will be centered in the
  7532. larger row.
  7533. If a filename or a pattern string is not specified, the size value
  7534. defaults to "320x518" (used for a randomly generated initial state).
  7535. @item scroll
  7536. If set to 1, scroll the output upward when all the rows in the output
  7537. have been already filled. If set to 0, the new generated row will be
  7538. written over the top row just after the bottom row is filled.
  7539. Defaults to 1.
  7540. @item start_full, full
  7541. If set to 1, completely fill the output with generated rows before
  7542. outputting the first frame.
  7543. This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.
  7544. @item stitch
  7545. If set to 1, stitch the left and right row edges together.
  7546. This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.
  7547. @end table
  7548. @subsection Examples
  7549. @itemize
  7550. @item
  7551. Read the initial state from @file{pattern}, and specify an output of
  7552. size 200x400.
  7553. @example
  7554. cellauto=f=pattern:s=200x400
  7555. @end example
  7556. @item
  7557. Generate a random initial row with a width of 200 cells, with a fill
  7558. ratio of 2/3:
  7559. @example
  7560. cellauto=ratio=2/3:s=200x200
  7561. @end example
  7562. @item
  7563. Create a pattern generated by rule 18 starting by a single alive cell
  7564. centered on an initial row with width 100:
  7565. @example
  7566. cellauto=p=@@:s=100x400:full=0:rule=18
  7567. @end example
  7568. @item
  7569. Specify a more elaborated initial pattern:
  7570. @example
  7571. cellauto=p='@@@@ @@ @@@@':s=100x400:full=0:rule=18
  7572. @end example
  7573. @end itemize
  7574. @section mandelbrot
  7575. Generate a Mandelbrot set fractal, and progressively zoom towards the
  7576. point specified with @var{start_x} and @var{start_y}.
  7577. This source accepts the following options:
  7578. @table @option
  7579. @item end_pts
  7580. Set the terminal pts value. Default value is 400.
  7581. @item end_scale
  7582. Set the terminal scale value.
  7583. Must be a floating point value. Default value is 0.3.
  7584. @item inner
  7585. Set the inner coloring mode, that is the algorithm used to draw the
  7586. Mandelbrot fractal internal region.
  7587. It shall assume one of the following values:
  7588. @table @option
  7589. @item black
  7590. Set black mode.
  7591. @item convergence
  7592. Show time until convergence.
  7593. @item mincol
  7594. Set color based on point closest to the origin of the iterations.
  7595. @item period
  7596. Set period mode.
  7597. @end table
  7598. Default value is @var{mincol}.
  7599. @item bailout
  7600. Set the bailout value. Default value is 10.0.
  7601. @item maxiter
  7602. Set the maximum of iterations performed by the rendering
  7603. algorithm. Default value is 7189.
  7604. @item outer
  7605. Set outer coloring mode.
  7606. It shall assume one of following values:
  7607. @table @option
  7608. @item iteration_count
  7609. Set iteration cound mode.
  7610. @item normalized_iteration_count
  7611. set normalized iteration count mode.
  7612. @end table
  7613. Default value is @var{normalized_iteration_count}.
  7614. @item rate, r
  7615. Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default
  7616. value is "25".
  7617. @item size, s
  7618. Set frame size. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video
  7619. size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is "640x480".
  7620. @item start_scale
  7621. Set the initial scale value. Default value is 3.0.
  7622. @item start_x
  7623. Set the initial x position. Must be a floating point value between
  7624. -100 and 100. Default value is -0.743643887037158704752191506114774.
  7625. @item start_y
  7626. Set the initial y position. Must be a floating point value between
  7627. -100 and 100. Default value is -0.131825904205311970493132056385139.
  7628. @end table
  7629. @section mptestsrc
  7630. Generate various test patterns, as generated by the MPlayer test filter.
  7631. The size of the generated video is fixed, and is 256x256.
  7632. This source is useful in particular for testing encoding features.
  7633. This source accepts the following options:
  7634. @table @option
  7635. @item rate, r
  7636. Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
  7637. generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
  7638. @var{frame_rate_num}/@var{frame_rate_den}, an integer number, a floating point
  7639. number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value is
  7640. "25".
  7641. @item duration, d
  7642. Set the duration of the sourced video. See
  7643. @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
  7644. for the accepted syntax.
  7645. If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is
  7646. supposed to be generated forever.
  7647. @item test, t
  7648. Set the number or the name of the test to perform. Supported tests are:
  7649. @table @option
  7650. @item dc_luma
  7651. @item dc_chroma
  7652. @item freq_luma
  7653. @item freq_chroma
  7654. @item amp_luma
  7655. @item amp_chroma
  7656. @item cbp
  7657. @item mv
  7658. @item ring1
  7659. @item ring2
  7660. @item all
  7661. @end table
  7662. Default value is "all", which will cycle through the list of all tests.
  7663. @end table
  7664. Some examples:
  7665. @example
  7666. mptestsrc=t=dc_luma
  7667. @end example
  7668. will generate a "dc_luma" test pattern.
  7669. @section frei0r_src
  7670. Provide a frei0r source.
  7671. To enable compilation of this filter you need to install the frei0r
  7672. header and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-frei0r}.
  7673. This source accepts the following parameters:
  7674. @table @option
  7675. @item size
  7676. The size of the video to generate. For the syntax of this option, check the
  7677. "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
  7678. @item framerate
  7679. The framerate of the generated video. It may be a string of the form
  7680. @var{num}/@var{den} or a frame rate abbreviation.
  7681. @item filter_name
  7682. The name to the frei0r source to load. For more information regarding frei0r and
  7683. how to set the parameters, read the @ref{frei0r} section in the video filters
  7684. documentation.
  7685. @item filter_params
  7686. A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r source.
  7687. @end table
  7688. For example, to generate a frei0r partik0l source with size 200x200
  7689. and frame rate 10 which is overlaid on the overlay filter main input:
  7690. @example
  7691. frei0r_src=size=200x200:framerate=10:filter_name=partik0l:filter_params=1234 [overlay]; [in][overlay] overlay
  7692. @end example
  7693. @section life
  7694. Generate a life pattern.
  7695. This source is based on a generalization of John Conway's life game.
  7696. The sourced input represents a life grid, each pixel represents a cell
  7697. which can be in one of two possible states, alive or dead. Every cell
  7698. interacts with its eight neighbours, which are the cells that are
  7699. horizontally, vertically, or diagonally adjacent.
  7700. At each interaction the grid evolves according to the adopted rule,
  7701. which specifies the number of neighbor alive cells which will make a
  7702. cell stay alive or born. The @option{rule} option allows one to specify
  7703. the rule to adopt.
  7704. This source accepts the following options:
  7705. @table @option
  7706. @item filename, f
  7707. Set the file from which to read the initial grid state. In the file,
  7708. each non-whitespace character is considered an alive cell, and newline
  7709. is used to delimit the end of each row.
  7710. If this option is not specified, the initial grid is generated
  7711. randomly.
  7712. @item rate, r
  7713. Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.
  7714. Default is 25.
  7715. @item random_fill_ratio, ratio
  7716. Set the random fill ratio for the initial random grid. It is a
  7717. floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to 1/PHI.
  7718. It is ignored when a file is specified.
  7719. @item random_seed, seed
  7720. Set the seed for filling the initial random grid, must be an integer
  7721. included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly
  7722. set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best
  7723. effort basis.
  7724. @item rule
  7725. Set the life rule.
  7726. A rule can be specified with a code of the kind "S@var{NS}/B@var{NB}",
  7727. where @var{NS} and @var{NB} are sequences of numbers in the range 0-8,
  7728. @var{NS} specifies the number of alive neighbor cells which make a
  7729. live cell stay alive, and @var{NB} the number of alive neighbor cells
  7730. which make a dead cell to become alive (i.e. to "born").
  7731. "s" and "b" can be used in place of "S" and "B", respectively.
  7732. Alternatively a rule can be specified by an 18-bits integer. The 9
  7733. high order bits are used to encode the next cell state if it is alive
  7734. for each number of neighbor alive cells, the low order bits specify
  7735. the rule for "borning" new cells. Higher order bits encode for an
  7736. higher number of neighbor cells.
  7737. For example the number 6153 = @code{(12<<9)+9} specifies a stay alive
  7738. rule of 12 and a born rule of 9, which corresponds to "S23/B03".
  7739. Default value is "S23/B3", which is the original Conway's game of life
  7740. rule, and will keep a cell alive if it has 2 or 3 neighbor alive
  7741. cells, and will born a new cell if there are three alive cells around
  7742. a dead cell.
  7743. @item size, s
  7744. Set the size of the output video. For the syntax of this option, check the
  7745. "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual.
  7746. If @option{filename} is specified, the size is set by default to the
  7747. same size of the input file. If @option{size} is set, it must contain
  7748. the size specified in the input file, and the initial grid defined in
  7749. that file is centered in the larger resulting area.
  7750. If a filename is not specified, the size value defaults to "320x240"
  7751. (used for a randomly generated initial grid).
  7752. @item stitch
  7753. If set to 1, stitch the left and right grid edges together, and the
  7754. top and bottom edges also. Defaults to 1.
  7755. @item mold
  7756. Set cell mold speed. If set, a dead cell will go from @option{death_color} to
  7757. @option{mold_color} with a step of @option{mold}. @option{mold} can have a
  7758. value from 0 to 255.
  7759. @item life_color
  7760. Set the color of living (or new born) cells.
  7761. @item death_color
  7762. Set the color of dead cells. If @option{mold} is set, this is the first color
  7763. used to represent a dead cell.
  7764. @item mold_color
  7765. Set mold color, for definitely dead and moldy cells.
  7766. For the syntax of these 3 color options, check the "Color" section in the
  7767. ffmpeg-utils manual.
  7768. @end table
  7769. @subsection Examples
  7770. @itemize
  7771. @item
  7772. Read a grid from @file{pattern}, and center it on a grid of size
  7773. 300x300 pixels:
  7774. @example
  7775. life=f=pattern:s=300x300
  7776. @end example
  7777. @item
  7778. Generate a random grid of size 200x200, with a fill ratio of 2/3:
  7779. @example
  7780. life=ratio=2/3:s=200x200
  7781. @end example
  7782. @item
  7783. Specify a custom rule for evolving a randomly generated grid:
  7784. @example
  7785. life=rule=S14/B34
  7786. @end example
  7787. @item
  7788. Full example with slow death effect (mold) using @command{ffplay}:
  7789. @example
  7790. ffplay -f lavfi life=s=300x200:mold=10:r=60:ratio=0.1:death_color=#C83232:life_color=#00ff00,scale=1200:800:flags=16
  7791. @end example
  7792. @end itemize
  7793. @anchor{color}
  7794. @anchor{haldclutsrc}
  7795. @anchor{nullsrc}
  7796. @anchor{rgbtestsrc}
  7797. @anchor{smptebars}
  7798. @anchor{smptehdbars}
  7799. @anchor{testsrc}
  7800. @section color, haldclutsrc, nullsrc, rgbtestsrc, smptebars, smptehdbars, testsrc
  7801. The @code{color} source provides an uniformly colored input.
  7802. The @code{haldclutsrc} source provides an identity Hald CLUT. See also
  7803. @ref{haldclut} filter.
  7804. The @code{nullsrc} source returns unprocessed video frames. It is
  7805. mainly useful to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as the
  7806. source for filters which ignore the input data.
  7807. The @code{rgbtestsrc} source generates an RGB test pattern useful for
  7808. detecting RGB vs BGR issues. You should see a red, green and blue
  7809. stripe from top to bottom.
  7810. The @code{smptebars} source generates a color bars pattern, based on
  7811. the SMPTE Engineering Guideline EG 1-1990.
  7812. The @code{smptehdbars} source generates a color bars pattern, based on
  7813. the SMPTE RP 219-2002.
  7814. The @code{testsrc} source generates a test video pattern, showing a
  7815. color pattern, a scrolling gradient and a timestamp. This is mainly
  7816. intended for testing purposes.
  7817. The sources accept the following parameters:
  7818. @table @option
  7819. @item color, c
  7820. Specify the color of the source, only available in the @code{color}
  7821. source. For the syntax of this option, check the "Color" section in the
  7822. ffmpeg-utils manual.
  7823. @item level
  7824. Specify the level of the Hald CLUT, only available in the @code{haldclutsrc}
  7825. source. A level of @code{N} generates a picture of @code{N*N*N} by @code{N*N*N}
  7826. pixels to be used as identity matrix for 3D lookup tables. Each component is
  7827. coded on a @code{1/(N*N)} scale.
  7828. @item size, s
  7829. Specify the size of the sourced video. For the syntax of this option, check the
  7830. "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. The default value is
  7831. "320x240".
  7832. This option is not available with the @code{haldclutsrc} filter.
  7833. @item rate, r
  7834. Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
  7835. generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
  7836. @var{frame_rate_num}/@var{frame_rate_den}, an integer number, a floating point
  7837. number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value is
  7838. "25".
  7839. @item sar
  7840. Set the sample aspect ratio of the sourced video.
  7841. @item duration, d
  7842. Set the duration of the sourced video. See
  7843. @ref{time duration syntax,,the Time duration section in the ffmpeg-utils(1) manual,ffmpeg-utils}
  7844. for the accepted syntax.
  7845. If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is
  7846. supposed to be generated forever.
  7847. @item decimals, n
  7848. Set the number of decimals to show in the timestamp, only available in the
  7849. @code{testsrc} source.
  7850. The displayed timestamp value will correspond to the original
  7851. timestamp value multiplied by the power of 10 of the specified
  7852. value. Default value is 0.
  7853. @end table
  7854. For example the following:
  7855. @example
  7856. testsrc=duration=5.3:size=qcif:rate=10
  7857. @end example
  7858. will generate a video with a duration of 5.3 seconds, with size
  7859. 176x144 and a frame rate of 10 frames per second.
  7860. The following graph description will generate a red source
  7861. with an opacity of 0.2, with size "qcif" and a frame rate of 10
  7862. frames per second.
  7863. @example
  7864. color=c=red@@0.2:s=qcif:r=10
  7865. @end example
  7866. If the input content is to be ignored, @code{nullsrc} can be used. The
  7867. following command generates noise in the luminance plane by employing
  7868. the @code{geq} filter:
  7869. @example
  7870. nullsrc=s=256x256, geq=random(1)*255:128:128
  7871. @end example
  7872. @subsection Commands
  7873. The @code{color} source supports the following commands:
  7874. @table @option
  7875. @item c, color
  7876. Set the color of the created image. Accepts the same syntax of the
  7877. corresponding @option{color} option.
  7878. @end table
  7879. @c man end VIDEO SOURCES
  7880. @chapter Video Sinks
  7881. @c man begin VIDEO SINKS
  7882. Below is a description of the currently available video sinks.
  7883. @section buffersink
  7884. Buffer video frames, and make them available to the end of the filter
  7885. graph.
  7886. This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular
  7887. through the interface defined in @file{libavfilter/buffersink.h}
  7888. or the options system.
  7889. It accepts a pointer to an AVBufferSinkContext structure, which
  7890. defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque
  7891. parameter to @code{avfilter_init_filter} for initialization.
  7892. @section nullsink
  7893. Null video sink: do absolutely nothing with the input video. It is
  7894. mainly useful as a template and for use in analysis / debugging
  7895. tools.
  7896. @c man end VIDEO SINKS
  7897. @chapter Multimedia Filters
  7898. @c man begin MULTIMEDIA FILTERS
  7899. Below is a description of the currently available multimedia filters.
  7900. @section avectorscope
  7901. Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio vector
  7902. scope.
  7903. The filter is used to measure the difference between channels of stereo
  7904. audio stream. A monoaural signal, consisting of identical left and right
  7905. signal, results in straight vertical line. Any stereo separation is visible
  7906. as a deviation from this line, creating a Lissajous figure.
  7907. If the straight (or deviation from it) but horizontal line appears this
  7908. indicates that the left and right channels are out of phase.
  7909. The filter accepts the following options:
  7910. @table @option
  7911. @item mode, m
  7912. Set the vectorscope mode.
  7913. Available values are:
  7914. @table @samp
  7915. @item lissajous
  7916. Lissajous rotated by 45 degrees.
  7917. @item lissajous_xy
  7918. Same as above but not rotated.
  7919. @end table
  7920. Default value is @samp{lissajous}.
  7921. @item size, s
  7922. Set the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check the "Video size"
  7923. section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is @code{400x400}.
  7924. @item rate, r
  7925. Set the output frame rate. Default value is @code{25}.
  7926. @item rc
  7927. @item gc
  7928. @item bc
  7929. Specify the red, green and blue contrast. Default values are @code{40}, @code{160} and @code{80}.
  7930. Allowed range is @code{[0, 255]}.
  7931. @item rf
  7932. @item gf
  7933. @item bf
  7934. Specify the red, green and blue fade. Default values are @code{15}, @code{10} and @code{5}.
  7935. Allowed range is @code{[0, 255]}.
  7936. @item zoom
  7937. Set the zoom factor. Default value is @code{1}. Allowed range is @code{[1, 10]}.
  7938. @end table
  7939. @subsection Examples
  7940. @itemize
  7941. @item
  7942. Complete example using @command{ffplay}:
  7943. @example
  7944. ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
  7945. [a] avectorscope=zoom=1.3:rc=2:gc=200:bc=10:rf=1:gf=8:bf=7 [out0]'
  7946. @end example
  7947. @end itemize
  7948. @section concat
  7949. Concatenate audio and video streams, joining them together one after the
  7950. other.
  7951. The filter works on segments of synchronized video and audio streams. All
  7952. segments must have the same number of streams of each type, and that will
  7953. also be the number of streams at output.
  7954. The filter accepts the following options:
  7955. @table @option
  7956. @item n
  7957. Set the number of segments. Default is 2.
  7958. @item v
  7959. Set the number of output video streams, that is also the number of video
  7960. streams in each segment. Default is 1.
  7961. @item a
  7962. Set the number of output audio streams, that is also the number of audio
  7963. streams in each segment. Default is 0.
  7964. @item unsafe
  7965. Activate unsafe mode: do not fail if segments have a different format.
  7966. @end table
  7967. The filter has @var{v}+@var{a} outputs: first @var{v} video outputs, then
  7968. @var{a} audio outputs.
  7969. There are @var{n}x(@var{v}+@var{a}) inputs: first the inputs for the first
  7970. segment, in the same order as the outputs, then the inputs for the second
  7971. segment, etc.
  7972. Related streams do not always have exactly the same duration, for various
  7973. reasons including codec frame size or sloppy authoring. For that reason,
  7974. related synchronized streams (e.g. a video and its audio track) should be
  7975. concatenated at once. The concat filter will use the duration of the longest
  7976. stream in each segment (except the last one), and if necessary pad shorter
  7977. audio streams with silence.
  7978. For this filter to work correctly, all segments must start at timestamp 0.
  7979. All corresponding streams must have the same parameters in all segments; the
  7980. filtering system will automatically select a common pixel format for video
  7981. streams, and a common sample format, sample rate and channel layout for
  7982. audio streams, but other settings, such as resolution, must be converted
  7983. explicitly by the user.
  7984. Different frame rates are acceptable but will result in variable frame rate
  7985. at output; be sure to configure the output file to handle it.
  7986. @subsection Examples
  7987. @itemize
  7988. @item
  7989. Concatenate an opening, an episode and an ending, all in bilingual version
  7990. (video in stream 0, audio in streams 1 and 2):
  7991. @example
  7992. ffmpeg -i opening.mkv -i episode.mkv -i ending.mkv -filter_complex \
  7993. '[0:0] [0:1] [0:2] [1:0] [1:1] [1:2] [2:0] [2:1] [2:2]
  7994. concat=n=3:v=1:a=2 [v] [a1] [a2]' \
  7995. -map '[v]' -map '[a1]' -map '[a2]' output.mkv
  7996. @end example
  7997. @item
  7998. Concatenate two parts, handling audio and video separately, using the
  7999. (a)movie sources, and adjusting the resolution:
  8000. @example
  8001. movie=part1.mp4, scale=512:288 [v1] ; amovie=part1.mp4 [a1] ;
  8002. movie=part2.mp4, scale=512:288 [v2] ; amovie=part2.mp4 [a2] ;
  8003. [v1] [v2] concat [outv] ; [a1] [a2] concat=v=0:a=1 [outa]
  8004. @end example
  8005. Note that a desync will happen at the stitch if the audio and video streams
  8006. do not have exactly the same duration in the first file.
  8007. @end itemize
  8008. @section ebur128
  8009. EBU R128 scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as input and outputs
  8010. it unchanged. By default, it logs a message at a frequency of 10Hz with the
  8011. Momentary loudness (identified by @code{M}), Short-term loudness (@code{S}),
  8012. Integrated loudness (@code{I}) and Loudness Range (@code{LRA}).
  8013. The filter also has a video output (see the @var{video} option) with a real
  8014. time graph to observe the loudness evolution. The graphic contains the logged
  8015. message mentioned above, so it is not printed anymore when this option is set,
  8016. unless the verbose logging is set. The main graphing area contains the
  8017. short-term loudness (3 seconds of analysis), and the gauge on the right is for
  8018. the momentary loudness (400 milliseconds).
  8019. More information about the Loudness Recommendation EBU R128 on
  8020. @url{http://tech.ebu.ch/loudness}.
  8021. The filter accepts the following options:
  8022. @table @option
  8023. @item video
  8024. Activate the video output. The audio stream is passed unchanged whether this
  8025. option is set or no. The video stream will be the first output stream if
  8026. activated. Default is @code{0}.
  8027. @item size
  8028. Set the video size. This option is for video only. For the syntax of this
  8029. option, check the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default
  8030. and minimum resolution is @code{640x480}.
  8031. @item meter
  8032. Set the EBU scale meter. Default is @code{9}. Common values are @code{9} and
  8033. @code{18}, respectively for EBU scale meter +9 and EBU scale meter +18. Any
  8034. other integer value between this range is allowed.
  8035. @item metadata
  8036. Set metadata injection. If set to @code{1}, the audio input will be segmented
  8037. into 100ms output frames, each of them containing various loudness information
  8038. in metadata. All the metadata keys are prefixed with @code{lavfi.r128.}.
  8039. Default is @code{0}.
  8040. @item framelog
  8041. Force the frame logging level.
  8042. Available values are:
  8043. @table @samp
  8044. @item info
  8045. information logging level
  8046. @item verbose
  8047. verbose logging level
  8048. @end table
  8049. By default, the logging level is set to @var{info}. If the @option{video} or
  8050. the @option{metadata} options are set, it switches to @var{verbose}.
  8051. @item peak
  8052. Set peak mode(s).
  8053. Available modes can be cumulated (the option is a @code{flag} type). Possible
  8054. values are:
  8055. @table @samp
  8056. @item none
  8057. Disable any peak mode (default).
  8058. @item sample
  8059. Enable sample-peak mode.
  8060. Simple peak mode looking for the higher sample value. It logs a message
  8061. for sample-peak (identified by @code{SPK}).
  8062. @item true
  8063. Enable true-peak mode.
  8064. If enabled, the peak lookup is done on an over-sampled version of the input
  8065. stream for better peak accuracy. It logs a message for true-peak.
  8066. (identified by @code{TPK}) and true-peak per frame (identified by @code{FTPK}).
  8067. This mode requires a build with @code{libswresample}.
  8068. @end table
  8069. @end table
  8070. @subsection Examples
  8071. @itemize
  8072. @item
  8073. Real-time graph using @command{ffplay}, with a EBU scale meter +18:
  8074. @example
  8075. ffplay -f lavfi -i "amovie=input.mp3,ebur128=video=1:meter=18 [out0][out1]"
  8076. @end example
  8077. @item
  8078. Run an analysis with @command{ffmpeg}:
  8079. @example
  8080. ffmpeg -nostats -i input.mp3 -filter_complex ebur128 -f null -
  8081. @end example
  8082. @end itemize
  8083. @section interleave, ainterleave
  8084. Temporally interleave frames from several inputs.
  8085. @code{interleave} works with video inputs, @code{ainterleave} with audio.
  8086. These filters read frames from several inputs and send the oldest
  8087. queued frame to the output.
  8088. Input streams must have a well defined, monotonically increasing frame
  8089. timestamp values.
  8090. In order to submit one frame to output, these filters need to enqueue
  8091. at least one frame for each input, so they cannot work in case one
  8092. input is not yet terminated and will not receive incoming frames.
  8093. For example consider the case when one input is a @code{select} filter
  8094. which always drop input frames. The @code{interleave} filter will keep
  8095. reading from that input, but it will never be able to send new frames
  8096. to output until the input will send an end-of-stream signal.
  8097. Also, depending on inputs synchronization, the filters will drop
  8098. frames in case one input receives more frames than the other ones, and
  8099. the queue is already filled.
  8100. These filters accept the following options:
  8101. @table @option
  8102. @item nb_inputs, n
  8103. Set the number of different inputs, it is 2 by default.
  8104. @end table
  8105. @subsection Examples
  8106. @itemize
  8107. @item
  8108. Interleave frames belonging to different streams using @command{ffmpeg}:
  8109. @example
  8110. ffmpeg -i bambi.avi -i pr0n.mkv -filter_complex "[0:v][1:v] interleave" out.avi
  8111. @end example
  8112. @item
  8113. Add flickering blur effect:
  8114. @example
  8115. select='if(gt(random(0), 0.2), 1, 2)':n=2 [tmp], boxblur=2:2, [tmp] interleave
  8116. @end example
  8117. @end itemize
  8118. @section perms, aperms
  8119. Set read/write permissions for the output frames.
  8120. These filters are mainly aimed at developers to test direct path in the
  8121. following filter in the filtergraph.
  8122. The filters accept the following options:
  8123. @table @option
  8124. @item mode
  8125. Select the permissions mode.
  8126. It accepts the following values:
  8127. @table @samp
  8128. @item none
  8129. Do nothing. This is the default.
  8130. @item ro
  8131. Set all the output frames read-only.
  8132. @item rw
  8133. Set all the output frames directly writable.
  8134. @item toggle
  8135. Make the frame read-only if writable, and writable if read-only.
  8136. @item random
  8137. Set each output frame read-only or writable randomly.
  8138. @end table
  8139. @item seed
  8140. Set the seed for the @var{random} mode, must be an integer included between
  8141. @code{0} and @code{UINT32_MAX}. If not specified, or if explicitly set to
  8142. @code{-1}, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best effort
  8143. basis.
  8144. @end table
  8145. Note: in case of auto-inserted filter between the permission filter and the
  8146. following one, the permission might not be received as expected in that
  8147. following filter. Inserting a @ref{format} or @ref{aformat} filter before the
  8148. perms/aperms filter can avoid this problem.
  8149. @section select, aselect
  8150. Select frames to pass in output.
  8151. This filter accepts the following options:
  8152. @table @option
  8153. @item expr, e
  8154. Set expression, which is evaluated for each input frame.
  8155. If the expression is evaluated to zero, the frame is discarded.
  8156. If the evaluation result is negative or NaN, the frame is sent to the
  8157. first output; otherwise it is sent to the output with index
  8158. @code{ceil(val)-1}, assuming that the input index starts from 0.
  8159. For example a value of @code{1.2} corresponds to the output with index
  8160. @code{ceil(1.2)-1 = 2-1 = 1}, that is the second output.
  8161. @item outputs, n
  8162. Set the number of outputs. The output to which to send the selected
  8163. frame is based on the result of the evaluation. Default value is 1.
  8164. @end table
  8165. The expression can contain the following constants:
  8166. @table @option
  8167. @item n
  8168. The (sequential) number of the filtered frame, starting from 0.
  8169. @item selected_n
  8170. The (sequential) number of the selected frame, starting from 0.
  8171. @item prev_selected_n
  8172. The sequential number of the last selected frame. It's NAN if undefined.
  8173. @item TB
  8174. The timebase of the input timestamps.
  8175. @item pts
  8176. The PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame,
  8177. expressed in @var{TB} units. It's NAN if undefined.
  8178. @item t
  8179. The PTS of the filtered video frame,
  8180. expressed in seconds. It's NAN if undefined.
  8181. @item prev_pts
  8182. The PTS of the previously filtered video frame. It's NAN if undefined.
  8183. @item prev_selected_pts
  8184. The PTS of the last previously filtered video frame. It's NAN if undefined.
  8185. @item prev_selected_t
  8186. The PTS of the last previously selected video frame. It's NAN if undefined.
  8187. @item start_pts
  8188. The PTS of the first video frame in the video. It's NAN if undefined.
  8189. @item start_t
  8190. The time of the first video frame in the video. It's NAN if undefined.
  8191. @item pict_type @emph{(video only)}
  8192. The type of the filtered frame. It can assume one of the following
  8193. values:
  8194. @table @option
  8195. @item I
  8196. @item P
  8197. @item B
  8198. @item S
  8199. @item SI
  8200. @item SP
  8201. @item BI
  8202. @end table
  8203. @item interlace_type @emph{(video only)}
  8204. The frame interlace type. It can assume one of the following values:
  8205. @table @option
  8206. @item PROGRESSIVE
  8207. The frame is progressive (not interlaced).
  8208. @item TOPFIRST
  8209. The frame is top-field-first.
  8210. @item BOTTOMFIRST
  8211. The frame is bottom-field-first.
  8212. @end table
  8213. @item consumed_sample_n @emph{(audio only)}
  8214. the number of selected samples before the current frame
  8215. @item samples_n @emph{(audio only)}
  8216. the number of samples in the current frame
  8217. @item sample_rate @emph{(audio only)}
  8218. the input sample rate
  8219. @item key
  8220. This is 1 if the filtered frame is a key-frame, 0 otherwise.
  8221. @item pos
  8222. the position in the file of the filtered frame, -1 if the information
  8223. is not available (e.g. for synthetic video)
  8224. @item scene @emph{(video only)}
  8225. value between 0 and 1 to indicate a new scene; a low value reflects a low
  8226. probability for the current frame to introduce a new scene, while a higher
  8227. value means the current frame is more likely to be one (see the example below)
  8228. @end table
  8229. The default value of the select expression is "1".
  8230. @subsection Examples
  8231. @itemize
  8232. @item
  8233. Select all frames in input:
  8234. @example
  8235. select
  8236. @end example
  8237. The example above is the same as:
  8238. @example
  8239. select=1
  8240. @end example
  8241. @item
  8242. Skip all frames:
  8243. @example
  8244. select=0
  8245. @end example
  8246. @item
  8247. Select only I-frames:
  8248. @example
  8249. select='eq(pict_type\,I)'
  8250. @end example
  8251. @item
  8252. Select one frame every 100:
  8253. @example
  8254. select='not(mod(n\,100))'
  8255. @end example
  8256. @item
  8257. Select only frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:
  8258. @example
  8259. select=between(t\,10\,20)
  8260. @end example
  8261. @item
  8262. Select only I frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:
  8263. @example
  8264. select=between(t\,10\,20)*eq(pict_type\,I)
  8265. @end example
  8266. @item
  8267. Select frames with a minimum distance of 10 seconds:
  8268. @example
  8269. select='isnan(prev_selected_t)+gte(t-prev_selected_t\,10)'
  8270. @end example
  8271. @item
  8272. Use aselect to select only audio frames with samples number > 100:
  8273. @example
  8274. aselect='gt(samples_n\,100)'
  8275. @end example
  8276. @item
  8277. Create a mosaic of the first scenes:
  8278. @example
  8279. ffmpeg -i video.avi -vf select='gt(scene\,0.4)',scale=160:120,tile -frames:v 1 preview.png
  8280. @end example
  8281. Comparing @var{scene} against a value between 0.3 and 0.5 is generally a sane
  8282. choice.
  8283. @item
  8284. Send even and odd frames to separate outputs, and compose them:
  8285. @example
  8286. select=n=2:e='mod(n, 2)+1' [odd][even]; [odd] pad=h=2*ih [tmp]; [tmp][even] overlay=y=h
  8287. @end example
  8288. @end itemize
  8289. @section sendcmd, asendcmd
  8290. Send commands to filters in the filtergraph.
  8291. These filters read commands to be sent to other filters in the
  8292. filtergraph.
  8293. @code{sendcmd} must be inserted between two video filters,
  8294. @code{asendcmd} must be inserted between two audio filters, but apart
  8295. from that they act the same way.
  8296. The specification of commands can be provided in the filter arguments
  8297. with the @var{commands} option, or in a file specified by the
  8298. @var{filename} option.
  8299. These filters accept the following options:
  8300. @table @option
  8301. @item commands, c
  8302. Set the commands to be read and sent to the other filters.
  8303. @item filename, f
  8304. Set the filename of the commands to be read and sent to the other
  8305. filters.
  8306. @end table
  8307. @subsection Commands syntax
  8308. A commands description consists of a sequence of interval
  8309. specifications, comprising a list of commands to be executed when a
  8310. particular event related to that interval occurs. The occurring event
  8311. is typically the current frame time entering or leaving a given time
  8312. interval.
  8313. An interval is specified by the following syntax:
  8314. @example
  8315. @var{START}[-@var{END}] @var{COMMANDS};
  8316. @end example
  8317. The time interval is specified by the @var{START} and @var{END} times.
  8318. @var{END} is optional and defaults to the maximum time.
  8319. The current frame time is considered within the specified interval if
  8320. it is included in the interval [@var{START}, @var{END}), that is when
  8321. the time is greater or equal to @var{START} and is lesser than
  8322. @var{END}.
  8323. @var{COMMANDS} consists of a sequence of one or more command
  8324. specifications, separated by ",", relating to that interval. The
  8325. syntax of a command specification is given by:
  8326. @example
  8327. [@var{FLAGS}] @var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} @var{ARG}
  8328. @end example
  8329. @var{FLAGS} is optional and specifies the type of events relating to
  8330. the time interval which enable sending the specified command, and must
  8331. be a non-null sequence of identifier flags separated by "+" or "|" and
  8332. enclosed between "[" and "]".
  8333. The following flags are recognized:
  8334. @table @option
  8335. @item enter
  8336. The command is sent when the current frame timestamp enters the
  8337. specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when the
  8338. previous frame timestamp was not in the given interval, and the
  8339. current is.
  8340. @item leave
  8341. The command is sent when the current frame timestamp leaves the
  8342. specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when the
  8343. previous frame timestamp was in the given interval, and the
  8344. current is not.
  8345. @end table
  8346. If @var{FLAGS} is not specified, a default value of @code{[enter]} is
  8347. assumed.
  8348. @var{TARGET} specifies the target of the command, usually the name of
  8349. the filter class or a specific filter instance name.
  8350. @var{COMMAND} specifies the name of the command for the target filter.
  8351. @var{ARG} is optional and specifies the optional list of argument for
  8352. the given @var{COMMAND}.
  8353. Between one interval specification and another, whitespaces, or
  8354. sequences of characters starting with @code{#} until the end of line,
  8355. are ignored and can be used to annotate comments.
  8356. A simplified BNF description of the commands specification syntax
  8357. follows:
  8358. @example
  8359. @var{COMMAND_FLAG} ::= "enter" | "leave"
  8360. @var{COMMAND_FLAGS} ::= @var{COMMAND_FLAG} [(+|"|")@var{COMMAND_FLAG}]
  8361. @var{COMMAND} ::= ["[" @var{COMMAND_FLAGS} "]"] @var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} [@var{ARG}]
  8362. @var{COMMANDS} ::= @var{COMMAND} [,@var{COMMANDS}]
  8363. @var{INTERVAL} ::= @var{START}[-@var{END}] @var{COMMANDS}
  8364. @var{INTERVALS} ::= @var{INTERVAL}[;@var{INTERVALS}]
  8365. @end example
  8366. @subsection Examples
  8367. @itemize
  8368. @item
  8369. Specify audio tempo change at second 4:
  8370. @example
  8371. asendcmd=c='4.0 atempo tempo 1.5',atempo
  8372. @end example
  8373. @item
  8374. Specify a list of drawtext and hue commands in a file.
  8375. @example
  8376. # show text in the interval 5-10
  8377. 5.0-10.0 [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=hello world',
  8378. [leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=';
  8379. # desaturate the image in the interval 15-20
  8380. 15.0-20.0 [enter] hue s 0,
  8381. [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=nocolor',
  8382. [leave] hue s 1,
  8383. [leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=color';
  8384. # apply an exponential saturation fade-out effect, starting from time 25
  8385. 25 [enter] hue s exp(25-t)
  8386. @end example
  8387. A filtergraph allowing to read and process the above command list
  8388. stored in a file @file{test.cmd}, can be specified with:
  8389. @example
  8390. sendcmd=f=test.cmd,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='',hue
  8391. @end example
  8392. @end itemize
  8393. @anchor{setpts}
  8394. @section setpts, asetpts
  8395. Change the PTS (presentation timestamp) of the input frames.
  8396. @code{setpts} works on video frames, @code{asetpts} on audio frames.
  8397. This filter accepts the following options:
  8398. @table @option
  8399. @item expr
  8400. The expression which is evaluated for each frame to construct its timestamp.
  8401. @end table
  8402. The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain the following
  8403. constants:
  8404. @table @option
  8405. @item FRAME_RATE
  8406. frame rate, only defined for constant frame-rate video
  8407. @item PTS
  8408. The presentation timestamp in input
  8409. @item N
  8410. The count of the input frame for video or the number of consumed samples,
  8411. not including the current frame for audio, starting from 0.
  8412. @item NB_CONSUMED_SAMPLES
  8413. The number of consumed samples, not including the current frame (only
  8414. audio)
  8415. @item NB_SAMPLES, S
  8416. The number of samples in the current frame (only audio)
  8417. @item SAMPLE_RATE, SR
  8418. The audio sample rate.
  8419. @item STARTPTS
  8420. The PTS of the first frame.
  8421. @item STARTT
  8422. the time in seconds of the first frame
  8423. @item INTERLACED
  8424. State whether the current frame is interlaced.
  8425. @item T
  8426. the time in seconds of the current frame
  8427. @item POS
  8428. original position in the file of the frame, or undefined if undefined
  8429. for the current frame
  8430. @item PREV_INPTS
  8431. The previous input PTS.
  8432. @item PREV_INT
  8433. previous input time in seconds
  8434. @item PREV_OUTPTS
  8435. The previous output PTS.
  8436. @item PREV_OUTT
  8437. previous output time in seconds
  8438. @item RTCTIME
  8439. The wallclock (RTC) time in microseconds. This is deprecated, use time(0)
  8440. instead.
  8441. @item RTCSTART
  8442. The wallclock (RTC) time at the start of the movie in microseconds.
  8443. @item TB
  8444. The timebase of the input timestamps.
  8445. @end table
  8446. @subsection Examples
  8447. @itemize
  8448. @item
  8449. Start counting PTS from zero
  8450. @example
  8451. setpts=PTS-STARTPTS
  8452. @end example
  8453. @item
  8454. Apply fast motion effect:
  8455. @example
  8456. setpts=0.5*PTS
  8457. @end example
  8458. @item
  8459. Apply slow motion effect:
  8460. @example
  8461. setpts=2.0*PTS
  8462. @end example
  8463. @item
  8464. Set fixed rate of 25 frames per second:
  8465. @example
  8466. setpts=N/(25*TB)
  8467. @end example
  8468. @item
  8469. Set fixed rate 25 fps with some jitter:
  8470. @example
  8471. setpts='1/(25*TB) * (N + 0.05 * sin(N*2*PI/25))'
  8472. @end example
  8473. @item
  8474. Apply an offset of 10 seconds to the input PTS:
  8475. @example
  8476. setpts=PTS+10/TB
  8477. @end example
  8478. @item
  8479. Generate timestamps from a "live source" and rebase onto the current timebase:
  8480. @example
  8481. setpts='(RTCTIME - RTCSTART) / (TB * 1000000)'
  8482. @end example
  8483. @item
  8484. Generate timestamps by counting samples:
  8485. @example
  8486. asetpts=N/SR/TB
  8487. @end example
  8488. @end itemize
  8489. @section settb, asettb
  8490. Set the timebase to use for the output frames timestamps.
  8491. It is mainly useful for testing timebase configuration.
  8492. It accepts the following parameters:
  8493. @table @option
  8494. @item expr, tb
  8495. The expression which is evaluated into the output timebase.
  8496. @end table
  8497. The value for @option{tb} is an arithmetic expression representing a
  8498. rational. The expression can contain the constants "AVTB" (the default
  8499. timebase), "intb" (the input timebase) and "sr" (the sample rate,
  8500. audio only). Default value is "intb".
  8501. @subsection Examples
  8502. @itemize
  8503. @item
  8504. Set the timebase to 1/25:
  8505. @example
  8506. settb=expr=1/25
  8507. @end example
  8508. @item
  8509. Set the timebase to 1/10:
  8510. @example
  8511. settb=expr=0.1
  8512. @end example
  8513. @item
  8514. Set the timebase to 1001/1000:
  8515. @example
  8516. settb=1+0.001
  8517. @end example
  8518. @item
  8519. Set the timebase to 2*intb:
  8520. @example
  8521. settb=2*intb
  8522. @end example
  8523. @item
  8524. Set the default timebase value:
  8525. @example
  8526. settb=AVTB
  8527. @end example
  8528. @end itemize
  8529. @section showcqt
  8530. Convert input audio to a video output representing
  8531. frequency spectrum logarithmically (using constant Q transform with
  8532. Brown-Puckette algorithm), with musical tone scale, from E0 to D#10 (10 octaves).
  8533. The filter accepts the following options:
  8534. @table @option
  8535. @item volume
  8536. Specify transform volume (multiplier) expression. The expression can contain
  8537. variables:
  8538. @table @option
  8539. @item frequency, freq, f
  8540. the frequency where transform is evaluated
  8541. @item timeclamp, tc
  8542. value of timeclamp option
  8543. @end table
  8544. and functions:
  8545. @table @option
  8546. @item a_weighting(f)
  8547. A-weighting of equal loudness
  8548. @item b_weighting(f)
  8549. B-weighting of equal loudness
  8550. @item c_weighting(f)
  8551. C-weighting of equal loudness
  8552. @end table
  8553. Default value is @code{16}.
  8554. @item tlength
  8555. Specify transform length expression. The expression can contain variables:
  8556. @table @option
  8557. @item frequency, freq, f
  8558. the frequency where transform is evaluated
  8559. @item timeclamp, tc
  8560. value of timeclamp option
  8561. @end table
  8562. Default value is @code{384/f*tc/(384/f+tc)}.
  8563. @item timeclamp
  8564. Specify the transform timeclamp. At low frequency, there is trade-off between
  8565. accuracy in time domain and frequency domain. If timeclamp is lower,
  8566. event in time domain is represented more accurately (such as fast bass drum),
  8567. otherwise event in frequency domain is represented more accurately
  8568. (such as bass guitar). Acceptable value is [0.1, 1.0]. Default value is @code{0.17}.
  8569. @item coeffclamp
  8570. Specify the transform coeffclamp. If coeffclamp is lower, transform is
  8571. more accurate, otherwise transform is faster. Acceptable value is [0.1, 10.0].
  8572. Default value is @code{1.0}.
  8573. @item gamma
  8574. Specify gamma. Lower gamma makes the spectrum more contrast, higher gamma
  8575. makes the spectrum having more range. Acceptable value is [1.0, 7.0].
  8576. Default value is @code{3.0}.
  8577. @item gamma2
  8578. Specify gamma of bargraph. Acceptable value is [1.0, 7.0].
  8579. Default value is @code{1.0}.
  8580. @item fontfile
  8581. Specify font file for use with freetype. If not specified, use embedded font.
  8582. @item fontcolor
  8583. Specify font color expression. This is arithmetic expression that should return
  8584. integer value 0xRRGGBB. The expression can contain variables:
  8585. @table @option
  8586. @item frequency, freq, f
  8587. the frequency where transform is evaluated
  8588. @item timeclamp, tc
  8589. value of timeclamp option
  8590. @end table
  8591. and functions:
  8592. @table @option
  8593. @item midi(f)
  8594. midi number of frequency f, some midi numbers: E0(16), C1(24), C2(36), A4(69)
  8595. @item r(x), g(x), b(x)
  8596. red, green, and blue value of intensity x
  8597. @end table
  8598. Default value is @code{st(0, (midi(f)-59.5)/12);
  8599. st(1, if(between(ld(0),0,1), 0.5-0.5*cos(2*PI*ld(0)), 0));
  8600. r(1-ld(1)) + b(ld(1))}
  8601. @item fullhd
  8602. If set to 1 (the default), the video size is 1920x1080 (full HD),
  8603. if set to 0, the video size is 960x540. Use this option to make CPU usage lower.
  8604. @item fps
  8605. Specify video fps. Default value is @code{25}.
  8606. @item count
  8607. Specify number of transform per frame, so there are fps*count transforms
  8608. per second. Note that audio data rate must be divisible by fps*count.
  8609. Default value is @code{6}.
  8610. @end table
  8611. @subsection Examples
  8612. @itemize
  8613. @item
  8614. Playing audio while showing the spectrum:
  8615. @example
  8616. ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=a.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; [a] showcqt [out0]'
  8617. @end example
  8618. @item
  8619. Same as above, but with frame rate 30 fps:
  8620. @example
  8621. ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=a.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; [a] showcqt=fps=30:count=5 [out0]'
  8622. @end example
  8623. @item
  8624. Playing at 960x540 and lower CPU usage:
  8625. @example
  8626. ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=a.mp3, asplit [a][out1]; [a] showcqt=fullhd=0:count=3 [out0]'
  8627. @end example
  8628. @item
  8629. A1 and its harmonics: A1, A2, (near)E3, A3:
  8630. @example
  8631. ffplay -f lavfi 'aevalsrc=0.1*sin(2*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(4*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(6*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(8*PI*55*t),
  8632. asplit[a][out1]; [a] showcqt [out0]'
  8633. @end example
  8634. @item
  8635. Same as above, but with more accuracy in frequency domain (and slower):
  8636. @example
  8637. ffplay -f lavfi 'aevalsrc=0.1*sin(2*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(4*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(6*PI*55*t)+0.1*sin(8*PI*55*t),
  8638. asplit[a][out1]; [a] showcqt=timeclamp=0.5 [out0]'
  8639. @end example
  8640. @item
  8641. B-weighting of equal loudness
  8642. @example
  8643. volume=16*b_weighting(f)
  8644. @end example
  8645. @item
  8646. Lower Q factor
  8647. @example
  8648. tlength=100/f*tc/(100/f+tc)
  8649. @end example
  8650. @item
  8651. Custom fontcolor, C-note is colored green, others are colored blue
  8652. @example
  8653. fontcolor='if(mod(floor(midi(f)+0.5),12), 0x0000FF, g(1))'
  8654. @end example
  8655. @item
  8656. Custom gamma, now spectrum is linear to the amplitude.
  8657. @example
  8658. gamma=2:gamma2=2
  8659. @end example
  8660. @end itemize
  8661. @section showspectrum
  8662. Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio frequency
  8663. spectrum.
  8664. The filter accepts the following options:
  8665. @table @option
  8666. @item size, s
  8667. Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check
  8668. the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value is
  8669. @code{640x512}.
  8670. @item slide
  8671. Specify how the spectrum should slide along the window.
  8672. It accepts the following values:
  8673. @table @samp
  8674. @item replace
  8675. the samples start again on the left when they reach the right
  8676. @item scroll
  8677. the samples scroll from right to left
  8678. @item fullframe
  8679. frames are only produced when the samples reach the right
  8680. @end table
  8681. Default value is @code{replace}.
  8682. @item mode
  8683. Specify display mode.
  8684. It accepts the following values:
  8685. @table @samp
  8686. @item combined
  8687. all channels are displayed in the same row
  8688. @item separate
  8689. all channels are displayed in separate rows
  8690. @end table
  8691. Default value is @samp{combined}.
  8692. @item color
  8693. Specify display color mode.
  8694. It accepts the following values:
  8695. @table @samp
  8696. @item channel
  8697. each channel is displayed in a separate color
  8698. @item intensity
  8699. each channel is is displayed using the same color scheme
  8700. @end table
  8701. Default value is @samp{channel}.
  8702. @item scale
  8703. Specify scale used for calculating intensity color values.
  8704. It accepts the following values:
  8705. @table @samp
  8706. @item lin
  8707. linear
  8708. @item sqrt
  8709. square root, default
  8710. @item cbrt
  8711. cubic root
  8712. @item log
  8713. logarithmic
  8714. @end table
  8715. Default value is @samp{sqrt}.
  8716. @item saturation
  8717. Set saturation modifier for displayed colors. Negative values provide
  8718. alternative color scheme. @code{0} is no saturation at all.
  8719. Saturation must be in [-10.0, 10.0] range.
  8720. Default value is @code{1}.
  8721. @item win_func
  8722. Set window function.
  8723. It accepts the following values:
  8724. @table @samp
  8725. @item none
  8726. No samples pre-processing (do not expect this to be faster)
  8727. @item hann
  8728. Hann window
  8729. @item hamming
  8730. Hamming window
  8731. @item blackman
  8732. Blackman window
  8733. @end table
  8734. Default value is @code{hann}.
  8735. @end table
  8736. The usage is very similar to the showwaves filter; see the examples in that
  8737. section.
  8738. @subsection Examples
  8739. @itemize
  8740. @item
  8741. Large window with logarithmic color scaling:
  8742. @example
  8743. showspectrum=s=1280x480:scale=log
  8744. @end example
  8745. @item
  8746. Complete example for a colored and sliding spectrum per channel using @command{ffplay}:
  8747. @example
  8748. ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
  8749. [a] showspectrum=mode=separate:color=intensity:slide=1:scale=cbrt [out0]'
  8750. @end example
  8751. @end itemize
  8752. @section showwaves
  8753. Convert input audio to a video output, representing the samples waves.
  8754. The filter accepts the following options:
  8755. @table @option
  8756. @item size, s
  8757. Specify the video size for the output. For the syntax of this option, check
  8758. the "Video size" section in the ffmpeg-utils manual. Default value
  8759. is "600x240".
  8760. @item mode
  8761. Set display mode.
  8762. Available values are:
  8763. @table @samp
  8764. @item point
  8765. Draw a point for each sample.
  8766. @item line
  8767. Draw a vertical line for each sample.
  8768. @item p2p
  8769. Draw a point for each sample and a line between them.
  8770. @item cline
  8771. Draw a centered vertical line for each sample.
  8772. @end table
  8773. Default value is @code{point}.
  8774. @item n
  8775. Set the number of samples which are printed on the same column. A
  8776. larger value will decrease the frame rate. Must be a positive
  8777. integer. This option can be set only if the value for @var{rate}
  8778. is not explicitly specified.
  8779. @item rate, r
  8780. Set the (approximate) output frame rate. This is done by setting the
  8781. option @var{n}. Default value is "25".
  8782. @item split_channels
  8783. Set if channels should be drawn separately or overlap. Default value is 0.
  8784. @end table
  8785. @subsection Examples
  8786. @itemize
  8787. @item
  8788. Output the input file audio and the corresponding video representation
  8789. at the same time:
  8790. @example
  8791. amovie=a.mp3,asplit[out0],showwaves[out1]
  8792. @end example
  8793. @item
  8794. Create a synthetic signal and show it with showwaves, forcing a
  8795. frame rate of 30 frames per second:
  8796. @example
  8797. aevalsrc=sin(1*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t):cos(2*PI*200*t),asplit[out0],showwaves=r=30[out1]
  8798. @end example
  8799. @end itemize
  8800. @section split, asplit
  8801. Split input into several identical outputs.
  8802. @code{asplit} works with audio input, @code{split} with video.
  8803. The filter accepts a single parameter which specifies the number of outputs. If
  8804. unspecified, it defaults to 2.
  8805. @subsection Examples
  8806. @itemize
  8807. @item
  8808. Create two separate outputs from the same input:
  8809. @example
  8810. [in] split [out0][out1]
  8811. @end example
  8812. @item
  8813. To create 3 or more outputs, you need to specify the number of
  8814. outputs, like in:
  8815. @example
  8816. [in] asplit=3 [out0][out1][out2]
  8817. @end example
  8818. @item
  8819. Create two separate outputs from the same input, one cropped and
  8820. one padded:
  8821. @example
  8822. [in] split [splitout1][splitout2];
  8823. [splitout1] crop=100:100:0:0 [cropout];
  8824. [splitout2] pad=200:200:100:100 [padout];
  8825. @end example
  8826. @item
  8827. Create 5 copies of the input audio with @command{ffmpeg}:
  8828. @example
  8829. ffmpeg -i INPUT -filter_complex asplit=5 OUTPUT
  8830. @end example
  8831. @end itemize
  8832. @section zmq, azmq
  8833. Receive commands sent through a libzmq client, and forward them to
  8834. filters in the filtergraph.
  8835. @code{zmq} and @code{azmq} work as a pass-through filters. @code{zmq}
  8836. must be inserted between two video filters, @code{azmq} between two
  8837. audio filters.
  8838. To enable these filters you need to install the libzmq library and
  8839. headers and configure FFmpeg with @code{--enable-libzmq}.
  8840. For more information about libzmq see:
  8841. @url{http://www.zeromq.org/}
  8842. The @code{zmq} and @code{azmq} filters work as a libzmq server, which
  8843. receives messages sent through a network interface defined by the
  8844. @option{bind_address} option.
  8845. The received message must be in the form:
  8846. @example
  8847. @var{TARGET} @var{COMMAND} [@var{ARG}]
  8848. @end example
  8849. @var{TARGET} specifies the target of the command, usually the name of
  8850. the filter class or a specific filter instance name.
  8851. @var{COMMAND} specifies the name of the command for the target filter.
  8852. @var{ARG} is optional and specifies the optional argument list for the
  8853. given @var{COMMAND}.
  8854. Upon reception, the message is processed and the corresponding command
  8855. is injected into the filtergraph. Depending on the result, the filter
  8856. will send a reply to the client, adopting the format:
  8857. @example
  8858. @var{ERROR_CODE} @var{ERROR_REASON}
  8859. @var{MESSAGE}
  8860. @end example
  8861. @var{MESSAGE} is optional.
  8862. @subsection Examples
  8863. Look at @file{tools/zmqsend} for an example of a zmq client which can
  8864. be used to send commands processed by these filters.
  8865. Consider the following filtergraph generated by @command{ffplay}
  8866. @example
  8867. ffplay -dumpgraph 1 -f lavfi "
  8868. color=s=100x100:c=red [l];
  8869. color=s=100x100:c=blue [r];
  8870. nullsrc=s=200x100, zmq [bg];
  8871. [bg][l] overlay [bg+l];
  8872. [bg+l][r] overlay=x=100 "
  8873. @end example
  8874. To change the color of the left side of the video, the following
  8875. command can be used:
  8876. @example
  8877. echo Parsed_color_0 c yellow | tools/zmqsend
  8878. @end example
  8879. To change the right side:
  8880. @example
  8881. echo Parsed_color_1 c pink | tools/zmqsend
  8882. @end example
  8883. @c man end MULTIMEDIA FILTERS
  8884. @chapter Multimedia Sources
  8885. @c man begin MULTIMEDIA SOURCES
  8886. Below is a description of the currently available multimedia sources.
  8887. @section amovie
  8888. This is the same as @ref{movie} source, except it selects an audio
  8889. stream by default.
  8890. @anchor{movie}
  8891. @section movie
  8892. Read audio and/or video stream(s) from a movie container.
  8893. It accepts the following parameters:
  8894. @table @option
  8895. @item filename
  8896. The name of the resource to read (not necessarily a file; it can also be a
  8897. device or a stream accessed through some protocol).
  8898. @item format_name, f
  8899. Specifies the format assumed for the movie to read, and can be either
  8900. the name of a container or an input device. If not specified, the
  8901. format is guessed from @var{movie_name} or by probing.
  8902. @item seek_point, sp
  8903. Specifies the seek point in seconds. The frames will be output
  8904. starting from this seek point. The parameter is evaluated with
  8905. @code{av_strtod}, so the numerical value may be suffixed by an IS
  8906. postfix. The default value is "0".
  8907. @item streams, s
  8908. Specifies the streams to read. Several streams can be specified,
  8909. separated by "+". The source will then have as many outputs, in the
  8910. same order. The syntax is explained in the ``Stream specifiers''
  8911. section in the ffmpeg manual. Two special names, "dv" and "da" specify
  8912. respectively the default (best suited) video and audio stream. Default
  8913. is "dv", or "da" if the filter is called as "amovie".
  8914. @item stream_index, si
  8915. Specifies the index of the video stream to read. If the value is -1,
  8916. the most suitable video stream will be automatically selected. The default
  8917. value is "-1". Deprecated. If the filter is called "amovie", it will select
  8918. audio instead of video.
  8919. @item loop
  8920. Specifies how many times to read the stream in sequence.
  8921. If the value is less than 1, the stream will be read again and again.
  8922. Default value is "1".
  8923. Note that when the movie is looped the source timestamps are not
  8924. changed, so it will generate non monotonically increasing timestamps.
  8925. @end table
  8926. It allows overlaying a second video on top of the main input of
  8927. a filtergraph, as shown in this graph:
  8928. @example
  8929. input -----------> deltapts0 --> overlay --> output
  8930. ^
  8931. |
  8932. movie --> scale--> deltapts1 -------+
  8933. @end example
  8934. @subsection Examples
  8935. @itemize
  8936. @item
  8937. Skip 3.2 seconds from the start of the AVI file in.avi, and overlay it
  8938. on top of the input labelled "in":
  8939. @example
  8940. movie=in.avi:seek_point=3.2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
  8941. [in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
  8942. [main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]
  8943. @end example
  8944. @item
  8945. Read from a video4linux2 device, and overlay it on top of the input
  8946. labelled "in":
  8947. @example
  8948. movie=/dev/video0:f=video4linux2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
  8949. [in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
  8950. [main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]
  8951. @end example
  8952. @item
  8953. Read the first video stream and the audio stream with id 0x81 from
  8954. dvd.vob; the video is connected to the pad named "video" and the audio is
  8955. connected to the pad named "audio":
  8956. @example
  8957. movie=dvd.vob:s=v:0+#0x81 [video] [audio]
  8958. @end example
  8959. @end itemize
  8960. @c man end MULTIMEDIA SOURCES